20.06.

2023
28102022/V5

VISVESVARAYA TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, BELAGAVI.

Scheme of Teaching and Examinations and Syllabus

M. Tech., Machine Design (MMD)
(Effective from the Academic year 2022-23)
(For Affiliated Colleges)

Registrar,
Visvesvaraya Technological University
JnanaSangam, Machhe, Belagavi-590018
eMail: registrar@vtu.ac.in
contact: 0831-2498112

10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
VISVESVARAYA TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, BELAGAVI
Scheme of Teaching and Examinations – 2022
M. Tech., Machine Design (MMD)
Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) and Outcome-Based Education(OBE)
I SEMESTER
Teaching Hours per
Examination
Week

Skill Development
Practical/Seminar

Duration in hours

Credits
Course
Sl. No

Tutorial/

Activities
Course

Total Marks
SEE Marks
CIE Marks
Theory
Course Title
Code

L P T/SDA
22MMD/MD
1 BSC Mathematical Methods in Engineering 03 00 00 03 50 50 100 3
E/MEA11
2 IPCC 22MMD12 Computer Simulation of Machines 03 02 00 03 50 50 100 4
3 PCC 22MMD13 Vibration and Condition Monitoring 03 00 02 03 50 50 100 4
4 PCC 22MMD14 Signal Analysis and Condition Monitoring 02 00 02 03 50 50 100 3
5 PCC 22MMD15 Advanced Mechanics of Solids 02 00 02 03 50 50 100 3
6 MCC 22RMI16 Research Methodology and IPR 03 00 00 03 50 50 100 3
7 PCCL 22MMDL17 Numerical Simulations Laboratory 01 02 00 03 50 50 100 2
AUD/ 22AUD18/ Classes and evaluation procedures are as per the policy
8 BoS recommended ONLINE courses PP
AEC 22AEC18 of the online course providers.
TOTAL 17 04 06 21 350 350 700 22
Note: BSC-Basic Science Courses, PCC: Professional core. IPCC-Integrated Professional Core Courses, MCC- Mandatory Credit Course, AUD/AEC –Audit
Course / Ability Enhancement Course(A pass in AUD/AEC is mandatory for the award of the degree), PCCL-Professional Core Course lab, L-Lecture, P-
Practical, T/SDA-Tutorial / Skill Development Activities(Hours are for Interaction between faculty and students)

Integrated Professional Core Course (IPCC): Integrated Professional Core Course (IPCC): Refers to Professional Theory Core Course
Integrated with practical of the same course. The theory part of the IPCC shall be evaluated both by CIE and SEE. The practical part shall be
evaluated by only CIE (no SEE). However, questions from the practical part of IPCC shall be included in the SEE question paper.

Audit Courses /Ability Enhancement Courses Suggested by BoS (ONLINE courses): Audit Courses:These are prerequisite courses
suggested by the concerned Board of Studies. Ability Enhancement Courses will be suggested by the BoS if prerequisite courses are not required
for the programs.

Ability Enhancement Courses:

 These courses are prescribed to help students to enhance their skills in in fields connected to the field of specialisation as well allied fields
that leads to employable skills. Involving in learning such courses is impetus to lifelong learning.
 The courses under this category are online courses published in advance and approved by the concerned Board of Studies.
 Registration to Audit /Ability Enhancement Course shall be done in consultation with the mentor and is compulsory during the concerned
semester.
 In case a candidate fails to appear for the proctored examination or fails to pass the selected online course, he/she can register and appear for
the same course if offered during the next session or register for a new course offered during that session, in consultation with the mentor.
 The Audit Ability Enhancement Course carries no credit and is not counted for vertical progression. However, a pass in such a course is
mandatory for the award of the degree.

Skill development activities: Under Skill development activities in a concerning course, the students should
1. Interact with industry (small, medium, and large).
2. Involve in research/testing/projects to understand their problems and help creative and innovative methods to solve the problem.
3. Involve in case studies and field visits/ fieldwork.
4. Accustom to the use of standards/codes etc., to narrow the gap between academia and industry.
5. Handle advanced instruments to enhance technical talent.
6. Gain confidence in modelling of systems and algorithms for transient and steady-state operations, thermal study, etc.
7. Work on different software/s (tools) to simulate, analyse and authenticate the output to interpret and conclude.

All activities should enhance student’s abilities to employment and/or self-employment opportunities, management skills, Statistical analysis,
fiscal expertise, etc.Students and the course instructor/s to involve either individually or in groups to interact together to enhance the learning and
application skills of the study they have undertaken. The students with the help of the course teacher can take up relevant technical –activities
which will enhance their skill. The prepared report shall be evaluated for CIE marks.

2
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

3
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

Program Outcomes (POs)

1. PO1: An ability to independently carry out research /investigation and development

work to solve practical problems.

2. PO2: An ability to write and present a substantial technical report/document.

3. PO3: Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the area as per
the specialization of the program.
4. PO4: Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical engineering systems using
modern tools and techniques.
5. PO5: Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental investigations on Industrial and
societal problems to provide sustainable solutions

4
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

I SEMESTER

5
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
MATHEMATICAL METHODS IN ENGINEERING
Common To MMD/MDE/MEA
Course Code 22MMD11 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:P:SDA) 3:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning objectives:
This course will enable students to
1. Know how to Model and Solve, Ordinary Differential Equations of First and Second Order.
2. Understand Linear Algebra and its Applications.
3. Apply the Calculus of Variation for Engineering Applications
4. Use the Methods of Complex Analysis for Engineering
MODULE-1 (9 Hours)
First-Order ODEs: Basic Concepts - Modeling, Concept of Solution, Initial Value Problem,
Geometric Meaning of Direction Fields, Euler’s Method, Separable ODEs.
Second-Order Linear ODEs: Homogeneous Linear ODEs with Constant Coefficients, Modeling
of Free Oscillations of a Mass–Spring System, Nonhomogeneous ODEs, Modeling: Forced
Oscillations. Resonance. Modeling: Electric Circuits. Solving the ODE for the Current in an RLC-
Circuit.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Video demonstration or Simulations, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem
Learning Process Solving, Laboratory Demonstrations and Practical Experiments

MODULE-2 (9 Hours)
Partial Differential Equations: Basic Concepts of PDEs, Modeling: Vibrating String (Wave
Equation), Solution by Separating Variables, D’Alembert’s Solution of the Wave Equation and
Characteristics, Modeling: Heat Flow from a Body in Space (Heat Equation), Heat Equation:
Solution by Fourier Series.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Video demonstration or Simulations, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem
Learning Process Solving, Laboratory Demonstrations and Practical Experiments

MODULE-3 (7 Hours)
Linear Algebra: Matrices, Vectors, Matrix Multiplication, Linear Systems of Equations, Gauss
Elimination, Linear Independence. Rank of a Matrix. Vector Space, Solutions of Linear Systems:

Existence, Uniqueness, Determinants. Cramer’s Rule, Inverse of a Matrix. Gauss–Jordan

Elimination, Determining, Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors, Some Applications of Eigenvalue
Problems.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Video demonstration or Simulations, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem
Learning Process Solving, Laboratory Demonstrations and Practical Experiments

MODULE-4 (8 Hours)
Complex Numbers, Functions and Differentiation: Geometric Representation, Polar Form of
Complex Numbers, Powers and Roots, Analytic Function, Cauchy–Riemann Equations, Exponential

6
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Function, Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions.

Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Video demonstration or Simulations, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem
Learning Process Solving, Laboratory Demonstrations and Practical Experiments

MODULE-5 (7 Hours)
Calculus of Variation: Introduction, Examples of Simple Functionals, The first Variation (Euler -
Lagrange Equation), The Delta operator.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Video demonstration or Simulations, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem
Learning Process Solving, Laboratory Demonstrations and Practical Experiments

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing
marks in SEE is 40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 50% (50 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation)
and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
 Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks
to attain the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50
marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as
per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

 The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be proportionately
reduced to 50.
 The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
 Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four
sub-questions) from each module.
 Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
 The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each
module
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10th Edition, John Wiley & Sons. 2011
2. Door Irving Herman Shames, Clive L. Dym , “Energy and Finite Element Methods in Structural
Mechanics”, 1st Edition, 2015 Reprint, New Age International.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

1. Differential Equations for Engineers https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/111/106/111106100/
2. Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations and
Applicationshttps://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_ma02/preview

7
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Skill Development Activities Suggested
1. Solve an ODE using the MATLAB function ODE45 and obtain the graphical solution
2. Model a Spring-Mass- Damper system in MATLAB / SCILAB or in any similar software

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to :
Sl. No. Description Blooms
Level
CO1 Model and find the solutions for First Order and Second Order ODEs 3
CO2 Solve the system of Linear Equations using Gauss Elimination and 3
Cramer’s rule
CO3 Apply the concepts of complex number theory 3
CO4 Generate and find solutions to Functionals. 3

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. No. Description POs
1 An ability to independently carry out research /investigation and 1
development work to solve practical problems.
2 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical 4
engineering systems using modern tools and techniques.

Mapping of COS and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 3 2
CO2 3 2
CO3 3 2
CO4 3 2

Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

8
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

COMPUTER SIMULATION OF MACHINES

Course Code 22MMD12 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:P:SDA) 3:2:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 hours Theory + 10-12 Lab
Total Marks 100
Sessions
Credits 04 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning objectives:
This course will enable students to
1. Know the concepts used for kinematic analysis of planar and spatial mechanisms.
2. Familiarize with the concepts of synthesis of mechanisms.
MODULE-1 (8 Hours)
Introduction, Overview, Why Simulate Mechanisms, Kinematics Simulations, Dynamic Simulation
of Mechanisms, Summary, Vector Loop and Vector Chain Equations –Introduction, The Planar
Vector, Single Loop Equations, Derivatives of Vectors, Other CommonMechanisms, Vector Chains.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Video demonstration or Simulations, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem
Learning Process Solving, Laboratory Demonstrations and Practical Experiments

MODULE-2(8 Hours)
Introduction to synthesis (analytical methods) - Freudenstein's equation - Precision point,
approximation - Precision derivative approximation - Method of components - Block synthesis
andReven's method.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Video demonstration or Simulations, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem
Learning Process Solving, Laboratory Demonstrations and Practical Experiments

MODULE-3 (8 Hours)
Graphical Synthesis Techniques: Motion generation for two prescribed positions and three
prescribed positions – path generation for three prescribed positions without and with prescribed
timing – function generation for three prescribed positions.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Video demonstration or Simulations, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem
Learning Process Solving, Laboratory Demonstrations and Practical Experiments

MODULE-4 (8 Hours)
Analytical Synthesis Techniques: Four bar and slider crank function generator with three accuracy
points– use of complex numbers and dyads – three prescribed positions for motion, path and
function generation using dyad.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Video demonstration or Simulations, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem
Learning Process Solving, Laboratory Demonstrations and Practical Experiments

MODULE-5 (8 Hours)

9
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Two-link planar Robot: Overview, Vector Equations, Dynamic Equations, The Simultaneous
Constraint matrix, Dynamic Simulation, Robot Coordinate Control.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Video demonstration or Simulations, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem
Learning Process Solving, Laboratory Demonstrations and Practical Experiments

10
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
PRACTICAL COMPONENT OF IPCC
Sl.NO. Experiments
1 Basics of Kinematic/ Multi-body Simulation Software: Falling Stone, Inclined Plane, Lift
Mechanism
2 One-degree-of-freedom Pendulum, Projectile Motion, Spring Damper
3 Suspension System , Four Bar Velocity
4 Cam-Follower, Crank Slider
5 Valve-train Mechanism, Cam-rocker-valve
6 Stamping Mechanism, Robot Arm
7 Adams Optimization, Airplane Control Surface
8 Gyroscope and Power Hacksaw Mechanism
Demonstration Experiments (For CIE )
9 Walking Beam Indexer
10 Watt’s Linkage in a Steam Engine
11 Open Differential
12 Planetary Gear Sets Modification
Books:Adams Tutorial Kit for Mechanical Engineering Courses

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing
marks in SEE is 40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not
less than 50% (50 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and
SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together

CIE for the theory component of IPCC

 Two Tests each of 20 Marks
 Two assignments each of 10 Marks/One Skill Development Activity of 20 marks
 Total Marks of two tests and two assignments/one Skill Development Activity added will be CIE
for 60 marks, marks scored will be proportionally scaled down to 30 marks.

CIE for the practical component of IPCC

 On completion of every experiment/program in the laboratory, the students shall be evaluated
and marks shall be awarded on the same day. The15 marks are for conducting the experiment
and preparation of the laboratory record, the other 05 marks shall be for the test conducted at
the end of the semester.
 The CIE marks awarded in the case of the Practical component shall be based on the
continuous evaluation of the laboratory report. Each experiment report can be evaluated for 10
marks. Marks of all experiments’ write-ups are added and scaled down to 15 marks.
 The laboratory test at the end /after completion of all the experiments shall be conducted for
50 marks and scaled down to 05 marks.
Scaled-down marks of write-up evaluations and tests added will be CIE marks for the laboratory
component of IPCC for 20 marks.
SEE for IPCC
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the course (duration 03 hours)
 The question paper will be set for 100 marks and marks scored will be scaled down
proportionately to 50 marks.
 The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
11
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
 There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
 The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

The theory portion of the IPCC shall be for both CIE and SEE, whereas the practical portion
will have a CIE component only. Questions mentioned in the SEE paper shall include questions
from the practical component).
 The minimum marks to be secured in CIE to appear for SEE shall be the 15 (50% of
maximum marks-30) in the theory component and 10 (50% of maximum marks -20) in the
practical component. The laboratory component of the IPCC shall be for CIE only. However,
in SEE, the questions from the laboratory component shall be included. The maximum of
04/05 questions to be set from the practical component of IPCC, the total marks of all
questions should not be more than the 20 marks.
 SEE will be conducted for 100 marks and students shall secure 40% of the maximum marks to
qualify in the SEE. Marks secured will be scaled down to 50. (Student has to secure an
aggregate of 50% of maximum marks of the course(CIE+SEE)
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Uicker, Pennock and Shigley,” Theory of machines and Mechanisms”, Oxford University Press,
2010.
2. AmitabhaGhosh and Ashok Kumar Mallik, “Theory of Mechanism and machines”, East West
Press pvt Ltd, 2nd edition.
3. S.S. Rattan, “Theory of Machines”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2011.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. NOC:Kinematics of Mechanisms and Machines,
IITKharagpurhttps://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105268
2. Kinematics Of
Machineshttps://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MJeRFzs4oRU&list=RDCMUC640y4UvDAlya_W
Oj5U4pfA&index=2

Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

1. Write a MATLAB Program for kinematic analysis of Fourbar mechanism
2. Write a program in MATLAB to simulate the forward kinematics of a 2R Robotic Arm.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to :

Sl. Description Blooms

No. Level
CO1 Apply path curvature characteristics in analysis of mechanisms. 3
CO2 Apply analytical and synthesis techniques in design of mechanisms. 4
CO3 Apply forward and reverse kinematic analysis techniques in performance 3
evaluation of manipulators

12
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. No. Description POs
1 An ability to independently carry out research /investigation and 1
development work to solve practical problems.
2 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the 3
area as per the specialization of the program. The mastery should be at
a level higher than the requirements in the appropriate bachelor
program.
3 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical 4
engineering systems using modern tools and techniques.
4 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental 5
investigations on Industrial and societal problems to provide
sustainable solutions.

Mapping of COS and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 3 - 1 2 1
CO2 3 - 1 1 2
CO3 3 - 1 3 2
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

13
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
VIBRATION AND CONDITION MONITORING
Course Code 22MMD13 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:P:SDA) 3:0:2 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40+ 10-12 Activities Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning objectives:
1. To study the basic concepts of vibration.
2. To characterize the free and forced vibrations of damped and undamped single degree of
freedom systems.
3. To understand the transient vibration response of a single degree of freedom system.
4. To study various vibration measuring instruments.
5. To study and characterize the random vibrations.
6. To characterize the continuous systems.
7. To study the basic principles of maintenance and condition monitoring.
MODULE-1(9 Hours)
Introduction: Elements of vibratory system, examples of vibratory motions, simple harmonic
motion, degrees of freedom.

System with One Degree of Freedom: Equations of motion by Newton’s method & Energy method,
general solution, frequency response method. Undamped free vibration and damped free vibration.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Video demonstration or Simulations, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem
Learning Process Solving, Laboratory Demonstrations and Practical Experiments
MODULE-2(9 Hours)
Forced Vibration of Single Degree of Freedom System: Undamped forced vibration – harmonic
excitation, damped forced vibration – harmonic excitation, rotating and reciprocating unbalance,
vibration isolation and transmissibility, system attached to moving support.

Transient Vibration of Single Degree of Freedom System: Introduction, Derivation of Convolution

Integral – response due to unit impulse, Response due to a General Excitation, Excitations Whose
Forms Change at Discrete Times, Transient Motion Due to Base Excitation, Laplace Transform
Solutions, Transfer Functions, Numerical Methods, Shock Spectrum, Vibration Isolation for Short
Duration Pulses.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Video demonstration or Simulations, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem
Learning Process Solving, Laboratory Demonstrations and Practical Experiments
MODULE-3(7 Hours)
Vibration Measurements: Introduction, transducers, vibration measuring instruments – vibrometers
and accelerometers, frequency measuring instruments, vibration exciters, signal analysis.

Random Vibrations: Introduction, random variables and random processes, probability distribution,
mean value and standard deviation, correlation functions of a random process, stationary random
process, Gaussian random process, Fourier transforms and response, power spectral density.

Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Video demonstration or Simulations, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem
Learning Process Solving, Laboratory Demonstrations and Practical Experiments
MODULE-4(8 Hours)
Continuous Systems: Introduction, continuous system – a simple exposition, separation of time and
space variables, problems governed by wave equation: longitudinal vibrations of rods & torsional
vibration of shaft, lateral vibration of beams.

14
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Video demonstration or Simulations, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem
Learning Process Solving, Laboratory Demonstrations and Practical Experiments

MODULE-5(7 Hours)
Condition Monitoring:
Principles of Maintenance: Introduction, reactive maintenance, preventive maintenance, predictive
maintenance, bath tub curve, failure modes effect and criticality analysis.

Vibration Monitoring: Principles of vibration monitoring, misalignment detection, eccentricity

detection, cracked shaft, bowed and bent shaft, unbalanced shaft, looseness, rub, bearing defects, gear
fault, faults in fluid machines and rotating machines.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Video demonstration or Simulations, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem
Learning Process Solving, Laboratory Demonstrations and Practical Experiments
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing
marks in SEE is 40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not
less than 50% (50 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and
SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
 Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks
to attain the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50
marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as
per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

 The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be proportionately
reduced to 50.
 The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
 Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four sub-
questions) from each module.
 Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
 The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each module
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Francis S. Tse, Ivan E. Morse, Rolland T. Hinkle, “Mechanical Vibrations - Theory and
Applications”, Allyn and Bacon, Inc., 2004, ISBN-10: 8123908466 / ISBN-13: 978-
8123908465.
2. S. Graham Kelly, “Mechanical Vibrations – Thoery and Applications”, Cengage Learning,
2012, ISBN-10: 1-4390-6214-5 / ISBN-13: 978-1-4390-6214-2.
3. Amiya R. Mohanty, “Machinery Condition Monitoring”, CRC Press, 2015, ISBN-13: 978-1-
4665-9305-3.

15
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. NOC:Introduction to Mechanical Vibration, IITRoorkee
(https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107212)
2. Mechanical Vibrations, IIT Guwahati (https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112103112)
3. http://va-coep.vlabs.ac.in/List%20of%20experiments.html

Skill Development Activities Suggested

1. Write MATLAB/ SCILAB programs to simulate the response of single degree of freedom systems
under free and forced vibrations.
2. To create mathematical models of single degree of freedom systems in MATLAB Simulink /
SCILAB.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to :
Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Discuss the basics of vibrations and determine the equations of motion for free 3
& forced vibrations of single degree of freedom systems and to find their
solution
CO2 Determine the response of a single degree of freedom system subjected to 3
various types of input forces.
CO3 Apply fundamentals of vibrations to its measurement and analysis 3
CO4 Determine the equations of motion for continuous system and to find their 3
solutions.
CO5 Discuss and apply these concepts for condition monitoring of machines 3

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. No. Description POs
1 An ability to independently carry out research /investigation and 1
development work to solve practical problems.
2 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the 3
area as per the specialization of the program.
3 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical 4
engineering systems using modern tools and techniques.
4 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental 5
investigations on Industrial and societal problems to provide
sustainable solutions.

16
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Mapping of COS and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 3 1 3 2
CO2 3 1 2 1
CO3 3 1 3 2
CO4 2 1 3 1
CO5 1 1 2 2
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

17
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
SIGNAL ANALYSIS AND CONDITION MONITORING
Course Code 22MMD14 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:P:SDA) 2:0:2 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 25 + 10-12 Activities Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03

Course Learning objectives:

1. To study and understand signal and its types
2. To understand the techniques involved in signal conditioning
3. To know the different used in structural health monitoring

MODULE-1(5 Hours)
Introduction: Basic concepts. Fourier analysis. Bandwidth. Signal types. Convolution.

Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Video demonstration or Simulations, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem
Learning Process Solving, Laboratory Demonstrations and Practical Experiments

MODULE-2 (5 Hours)
Signal analysis: Filter response time. Detectors. Recorders. Analoganalyzer types.

Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Video demonstration or Simulations, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem
Learning Process Solving, Laboratory Demonstrations and Practical Experiments

MODULE-3 (5 Hours)
Practical analysis of stationary signals: Stepped filter analysis. Swept filter analysis. High speed
analysis. Real-time analysis.

Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Video demonstration or Simulations, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem
Learning Process Solving, Laboratory Demonstrations and Practical Experiments

MODULE-4 (4 Hours)
Practical analysis of continuous non-stationary signals: Choice of window type. Choice of
window length. Choice of incremental step. Practical details. Scaling of the results.

Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Video demonstration or Simulations, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem
Learning Process Solving, Laboratory Demonstrations and Practical Experiments

MODULE-5 (6 Hours)
Condition monitoring techniques: Visual monitoring, Thermography, Vibration monitoring, Shock
pulse monitoring, Wear debris monitoring, Motor current and signature analysis, Acoustic emission,
Ultrasound monitoring, ISO standards, Fault detection sensors, Structural Health M0nitoring (SHM),
integrated Vehicle Health Monitoring (IVHM).

Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Video demonstration or Simulations, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem
Learning Process Solving, Laboratory Demonstrations and Practical Experiments

18
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing
marks in SEE is 40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not
less than 50% (50 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and
SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

 Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
 Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks
to attain the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50
marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as
per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

 The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be proportionately
reduced to 50.
 The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
 Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four sub-
questions) from each module.
 Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
 The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each module
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. R. B. Randall, “Frequency Analysis”, Brüel&Kjaer, 1987.
2. V. Ramamurti , Mechanical Vibration Practice with Basic Theory, Narosa Publishing House,
2000
3. A. R. Mohanty, Machinery Condition Monitoring: Principles and Practices (ISBN:
9781466593046) CRC Press, 2014.
4. Richard G. Lyons, “Understanding digital signal processing”, Pearson; third edition (1
November 2010).
5. Alan V.Oppenheim , Alan S.Willsky, S.HamidNawab, “Signal and System”,2nd Edition,
Pearson.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. NPTEL Video Lectures: Machinery Condition Monitoring and Signal Processing by A R
MOHANTY
Skill Development Activities Suggested
1. Industrial visit / internship to gain hands-on experience on various Condition Monitoring methods.

19
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to :
Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Discuss different types of signals generated 2
CO2 Apply the various techniques for signal conditioning 3
CO3 Apply various condition monitoring techniques 3
Program Outcome of this course
Sl. No. Description POs
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and 1
development work to solve practical problems.
2 Write and Present a report 2
3 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the 3
area as per the specialization of the program. The mastery should be at
a level higher than the requirements in the appropriate bachelor
program.
4 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical 4
engineering systems using modern tools and techniques.
5 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental 5
investigations on Industrial and societal problems to provide
sustainable solutions.

Mapping of COS and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 2 1 2 2
CO2 2 1 3 3
CO3 2 1 2 2

Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

20
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

ADVANCED MECHANICS OF SOLIDS

Course Code 22MMD15 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:P:SDA) 2:0:2 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 25 + 10-12 Activities Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning objectives:
1. To familiarize with the concepts of stresses and strains in un symmetric bending and
torsion using classical methods.
2. To be conversant with the concept of energy methods applied in elasticity.

MODULE-1 (5 Hours)
Theories of Stress: The state of stress at a point, normal and shear stress components, rectangular
stress components,stress components on an arbitrary plane, principal stresses octahedral stress.
Equilibrium equations for plane stress state,boundary condition.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Video demonstration or Simulations, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem
Learning Process Solving, Laboratory Demonstrations and Practical Experiments

MODULE-2 (5 Hours)
Theories of Strain: deformation, deformation in the neighbourhood of a point, change in length of a
linear element, change in length of linear element – linear components, change in direction of linear
elements, change in the angle between two line elements.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Video demonstration or Simulations, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem
Learning Process Solving, Laboratory Demonstrations and Practical Experiments

MODULE-3(5 Hours)
Stress–Strain Relations &Energy Methods: Generalised statement of hook’s law , stress – strain
relation for isotropic materials, relation between the elastic constants, initiation of yield, yield criteria,
The principle of superposition, work done by forces and elastic strain energy stored, reciprocal
relation. Maxwell-Betti-Rayleigh reciprocal theorem, superposition of elastic energies.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Video demonstration or Simulations, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem
Learning Process Solving, Laboratory Demonstrations and Practical Experiments

MODULE-4 (5 Hours)

Axisymmetric Problems: Thick – walled cylinder subjected to internal and external pressure,
stresses due togravitation, rotating disk of uniform thickness, disk of variable thickness rotating
cylinders.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Video demonstration or Simulations, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem
Learning Process Solving, Laboratory Demonstrations and Practical Experiments

MODULE-5 (5 Hours)
Linear elastic solutions:Prandtl elastic membrane (Soap-Film) analogy, narrow rectangular cross
section, hollow thin walltorsion members, multiple connected cross sections. Hollow thin wall torsion
members, Thin wall torsion members withrestrained ends.

21
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Video demonstration or Simulations, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem
Learning Process Solving, Laboratory Demonstrations and Practical Experiments

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing
marks in SEE is 40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not
less than 50% (50 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and
SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
 Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
 Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks
to attain the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50
marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as
per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

 The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be proportionately
reduced to 50.
 The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
 Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four sub-
questions) from each module.
 Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
 The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each module
.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Boresi& Sidebottom, “Advanced Mechanics of materials” Wiely International, 6th edition.
2. Dr Sadhu Singh, “Strength of materials” Khanna Publication, 1st edition
3. Timoshenko S. P. and Goodier J. N., “Theory of elasticity”, McGraw- Hill Publishers, 3rd
Edition.
4. L. S. Srinath, “Advanced Mechanics of Solids”, McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt. Ltd., 3rd
edition

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

1. Advanced Solid Mechanics:

https://archive.nptel.ac.in/content/storage2/courses/105106049/lecnotes/main.html
2. NOC:Solid Mechanics, IIT Delhi : https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112102284
3. Advanced Strength of Materials, IIT Bombay :https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112101095
Skill Development Activities Suggested
1. Use the tensor notation to represent the equations for Elasticity
2. Find the stress concentration factors from FEM and copare with elastic solutions
3. Explore the technique of image processing to estimate the surface strains on a loaded body.

22
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to :
Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Apply the theory of elasticity including strain/displacement and Hooke’s Law 3
relationships.
CO2 Solve for stresses and deflection beam under unsymmetrical loading 3
CO3 Solve torsion problems in bars and thin walled methods. 3

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. No. Description POs
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and 1
development work to solve practical problems.
2 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental 5
investigations on Industrial and societal problems to provide sustainable
solutions.
Mapping of COS and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 3 -- 3
CO2 3 - 2
CO3 3 - 3

23
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
RESEARCH METHODOLOGY AND IPR

Course Code 22RMI16 CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week (L:P:SDA) 3:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning objectives:

 To give an overview of the research methodology and explain the technique of defining a
research problem
 To explain the functions of the literature review in research.
 To explain carrying out a literature search, its review, developing theoretical and conceptual
frameworks and writing a review.
 To explain various research designs and their characteristics.
 To explain the details of sampling designs, and also different methods of data collections.
 To explain the art of interpretation and the art of writing research reports.
 To explain various forms of the intellectual property, its relevance and business impact in the
changing global business environment.
 To discuss leading International Instruments concerning Intellectual Property Rights
MODULE-1(10 Hours)

Research Methodology: Introduction, Meaning of Research, Objectives of Research, Motivation in

Research, Types of Research, Research Approaches, Significance of Research, Research Methods
versus Methodology, Research and Scientific Method, Importance of Knowing How Research is
Done, Research Process, Criteria of Good Research, and Problems Encountered by Researchers in
India.
Defining the Research Problem: Research Problem, Selecting the Problem, Necessity of Defining
the Problem, Technique Involved in Defining a Problem, An Illustration.
10Hrs
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-2(10 Hours)

Reviewing the literature: Place of the literature review in research, Bringing clarity and focus to
your research problem, Improving research methodology, Broadening knowledge base in research
area, Enabling contextual findings, How to review the literature, searching the existing literature,
reviewing the selected literature, Developing a theoretical framework, Developing a conceptual
framework, Writing about the literature reviewed.
Research Design: Meaning of Research Design, Need for Research Design, Features of a Good
Design, Important Concepts Relating to Research Design, Different Research Designs, Basic
Principles of Experimental Designs, Important Experimental Designs. 10Hrs
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-3(10 Hours)

24
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Design of Sampling: Introduction, Sample Design, Sampling and Non-sampling Errors, Sample
Survey versus Census Survey, Types of Sampling Designs.

Measurement and Scaling: Qualitative and Quantitative Data, Classifications of Measurement

Scales, Goodness of Measurement Scales, Sources of Error in Measurement Tools, Scaling, Scale
Classification Bases, Scaling Techniques, Multidimensional Scaling, Deciding the Scale.
Data Collection: Experimental and Surveys, Collection of Primary Data, Collection of Secondary
Data, Selection of Appropriate Method for Data Collection, Case Study Method.
10Hrs
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-4(10 Hours)

Testing of Hypotheses: Hypothesis, Basic Concepts Concerning Testing of Hypotheses, Testing of

Hypothesis, Test Statistics and Critical Region, Critical Value and Decision Rule, Procedure for
Hypothesis Testing, Hypothesis Testing for Mean, Proportion, Variance, for Difference of Two Mean,
for Difference of Two Proportions, for Difference of Two Variances, P-Value approach, Power of
Test, Limitations of the Tests of Hypothesis.
Chi-square Test: Test of Difference of more than Two Proportions, Test of Independence of
Attributes, Test of Goodness of Fit, Cautions in Using Chi Square Tests.
10Hrs
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-5(10 Hours)

Interpretation and Report Writing: Meaning of Interpretation, Technique of Interpretation,

Precaution in Interpretation, Significance of Report Writing, Different Steps in Writing Report,
Layout of the Research Report, Types of Reports, Oral Presentation, Mechanics of Writing a
Research Report, Precautions for Writing Research Reports.
Intellectual Property: The Concept, Intellectual Property System in India, Development of TRIPS
Complied Regime in India, Patents Act, 1970, Trade Mark Act, 1999,The Designs Act, 2000, The
Geographical Indications of Goods (Registration and Protection) Act1999, Copyright Act,1957,The
Protection of Plant Varieties and Farmers‟ Rights Act, 2001,The Semi-Conductor Integrated Circuits
Layout Design Act, 2000, Trade Secrets, Utility Models, IPR and Biodiversity, The Convention on
Biological Diversity (CBD) 1992, Competing Rationales for Protection of IPRs, Leading
International Instruments Concerning IPR, World Intellectual Property Organisation(WIPO),WIPO
and WTO, Paris Convention for the Protection of Industrial Property, National Treatment, Right of
Priority, Common Rules,Patents,Marks, Industrial Designs, Trade Names, Indications of Source,
Unfair Competition, Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT), Advantages of PCT Filing, Berne Convention
for the Protection of Literary and Artistic Works, Basic Principles, Duration of Protection, Trade
Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights(TRIPS) Agreement, Covered under TRIPS
Agreement, Features of the Agreement, Protection of Intellectual Property under TRIPS, Copyright
and Related Rights, Trademarks, Geographical indications, Industrial Designs, Patents, Patentable
Subject Matter, Rights Conferred, Exceptions, Term of protection, Conditions on Patent Applicants,
Process Patents, Other Use without Authorization of the RightHolder, Layout-Designs of Integrated
25
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Circuits, Protection of Undisclosed Information, Enforcement of Intellectual Property Rights,
UNSECO.10Hrs
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing
marks in SEE is 40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not
less than 50% (50 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and
SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
 Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
 Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks to attain
the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50
marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as
per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
1. The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be
proportionately reduced to 50.
2. The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
3. Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four
sub-questions) from each module.
4. Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
5. The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each
module
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. C.R. Kothari, GauravGarg, “Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques”, New Age
International, 4th Edition, 2018.
2. Ranjit Kumar, “Research Methodology a step-by-step guide for beginners”, SAGE Publications,
3rd Edition, 2011 (For the topicReviewing the literature under module 2)
3. Study Material - Professional Programme Intellectual Property Rights, Law and Practice, The
Institute of Company Secretaries ofIndia, Statutory Body Under an Act of Parliament, September
2013. (For the topic Intellectual Property under module 5)
4. William M. K. Trochim ; 1stEdition, illustrated ; Publisher, Atomic Dog Pub., 2005
5. Fink A, “Conducting Research Literature Reviews: From the Internet to Paper”, Sage
Publications, 20112009.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/127/106/127106227/
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GSeeyJVD0JU
Skill Development Activities Suggested
1. Skill Development Activities Suggested:
2. Interact with industry (small, medium, and large).

26
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
3. Involve in research/testing/projects to understand their problems and help creative and innovative
methods to solve the problem.
4. Involve in case studies and field visits/ fieldwork.
5. to the use of standards/codes etc., to narrow the gap between academia and industry.
6. Handle advanced instruments to enhance technical talent.
7. Gain confidence in modelling of systems and algorithms for transient and steady-state operations,
thermal study, etc.
8. Accustom Work on different software/s (tools) to simulate, analyse and authenticate the
output to interpret and conclude.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to :

Sl. Description Blooms

No. Level

CO1 Discuss research methodology and the technique of defining a research 2

problem

CO2 Explain the functions of the literature review in research, carrying out a 2
literature search, developing theoretical and conceptual frameworks and
writing a review
CO3 Explain various research designs, sampling designs, measurement and 2
scaling techniques and also different methods of data collections.
CO4 Explain several parametric tests of hypotheses, Chi-square test, art of 2
interpretation and writing research reports
CO5 Discuss various forms of the intellectual property, its relevance and 2
business impact in the changing global business environment and leading

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. No. Description POs
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and 1
development work to solve practical problems.
2 An ability to write and present a substantial technical report/document. 2
3 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the 3
area as per the specialization of the program. The mastery should be at
a level higher than the requirements in the appropriate bachelor
program.
4 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical 4
engineering systems using modern tools and techniques.
5 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental 5
investigations on Industrial and societal problems to provide
sustainable solutions.

27
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Mapping of COS and POs (indicative only)

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 1 1 1 3 1
CO2 1 1 2 3 1
CO3 1 1 3 3 3
CO4 1 1 2 3 3
CO5 1 1 3 2 3
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

28
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
NUMERICAL SIMULATIONS LABORATORY
Course Code 22MMDL17 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:2:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 15 + 10 -12 Laboratory Sessions Total Marks 100
Credits 2 Exam Hours 3
Course objectives:

 To familiarize the students with a Scientific Computing Software such as

MATLAB/SCILAB/PYTHON
 To Solve ODEs and other mathematical problems numerically.
Sl.NO EXPERIMENTS

1 Introduction to MATLAB/SCILAB 1: Basics, Creating Arrays,

2 Introduction to MATLAB/SCILAB 2: Mathematical Operations,Script Files, 2D and 3D

Plots, Functions and Programming. Applications

3 Introduction to MATLAB/SCILAB 3: 2D and 3D Plots, Functions and Programming.

Applications

4 𝑑𝑦 𝑡 3 −2𝑦
Solve theFirst Order Differential Equation: 𝑑𝑡
= 𝑡
for 1 < 𝑡 < 3 and 𝑦 = 4.2 𝑎𝑡 𝑡 =
1using MATLAB and plot the solution

5 𝑑2 𝑦 𝑑𝑦
Solve a Second-Order Differential Equation Numerically: 𝑑𝑥 2
= (1 − 𝑦 2 ) 𝑑𝑥 − 𝑦using
MATLAB and plot the solution.

6 Python Basics 1: Basics, Flow Control, Functions, Lists, Dictionaries, String Manipulation.

7 Python Basics 2: Pattern Matching, Reading & Writing Files, Organising files and
Debugging
8 Python Basics 3: Web Scraping, Working with Excel and Google Spread Sheets.

DEMONSTRATION EXPERIMENTS ( FOR CIE )

9 Write a MATLAB Code for solving ODEs using approximate Method of weighted residuals
differential equations (y''+y-4*x=0) and (y'+y=1, for y(0)=1, y(1)=0 ) using four methods:
Point Collocation, Sub Domain, Least Squares, and Galerkin’s. Compare the results with
one another and with exact solution.

10 Solve in MATLAB/SCILAB Using Variational Method (Ritz Method) :

𝑑2𝑦
− − 𝑦 + 𝑥 2 for 0 < 𝑥 < 1 with boundary conidtions: 𝑦(0) = 0 and 𝑦(1) = 0
𝑑𝑥 2
11 Write a MATLAB code for solving 2nd-order homogeneous, constantcoefficientsBVPs via
Galerkin’s Method over “ n” elements:

12 Write a python program function gaussQuad2 that computes ∬𝐴 𝑓(𝑥, 𝑦) 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑦 over a

quadrilateral element with Gauss-Legendre quadrature of integration order m.

Course outcomes (Course Skill Set):

At the end of the course the student will be able to:

29
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
 Model simple to complicated kinematic systems independently
 Analyse and interpret the commonly occurring kinematic systems in a commercial software
 Verify the results of simulations of a commercial software with Analytical Methods
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE)
is 50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. A student shall be
deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each course.
The student has to secure not less than 40% of maximum marks in the semester-end
examination(SEE). In total of CIE and SEE student has to secure 50% maximum marks of the
course.

Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

CIE marks for the practical course is 50 Marks.
The split-up of CIE marks for record/ journal and test are in the ratio 60:40.

 Each experiment to be evaluated for conduction with observation sheet and record write-up.
Rubrics for the evaluation of the journal/write-up for hardware/software experiments designed
by the faculty who is handling the laboratory session and is made known to students at the
beginning of the practical session.
 Record should contain all the specified experiments in the syllabus and each experiment write-
up will be evaluated for 10 marks.
 Total marks scored by the students are scaled downed to 30 marks (60% of maximum marks).
 Weightage to be given for neatness and submission of record/write-up on time.
 Department shall conduct 02 tests for 100 marks, the first test shall be conducted after the 8th
week of the semester and the second test shall be conducted after the 14th week of the semester.
 In each test, test write-up, conduction of experiment, acceptable result, and procedural
knowledge will carry a weightage of 60% and the rest 40% for viva-voce.
 The suitable rubrics can be designed to evaluate each student’s performance and learning ability.
 The average of 02 tests is scaled down to 20 marks (40% of the maximum marks).
The Sum of scaled-down marks scored in the report write-up/journal and average marks of two tests
is the total CIE marks scored by the student.
Semester End Evaluation (SEE):
SEE marks for the practical course is 50 Marks.
SEE shall be conducted jointly by the two examiners of the same institute; examiners are
appointed by the University.

 All laboratory experiments are to be included for practical examination.

 (Rubrics) Breakup of marks and the instructions printed on the cover page of the answer script to
be strictly adhered to by the examiners. OR based on the course requirement evaluation rubrics
shall be decided jointly by examiners.
 Students can pick one question (experiment) from the questions lot prepared by the internal
/external examiners jointly.

30
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
 Evaluation of test write-up/ conduction procedure and result/viva will be conducted jointly by
examiners.
 General rubrics suggested for SEE are mentioned here, writeup-20%, Conduction procedure and
result in -60%, Viva-voce 20% of maximum marks. SEE for practical shall be evaluated for 100
marks and scored marks shall be scaled down to 50 marks (however, based on course type, rubrics
shall be decided by the examiners)
 Change of experiment is allowed only once and 10% Marks allotted to the procedure part to be
made zero.
The duration of SEE is 03 hours

Suggested Learning Resources:

1. Amos Gilat, MATLAB, An Introduction with Applications, John Wiley & Sons, 4th Edition or
later, 2011
2. Achuthsankar S Nair, SCILAB (A Free Software To MATLAB), S Chand Publishing, 2012
3. https://www.scilab.org/about/community/books
4. https://www.mathworks.com
5. https://www.python.org/
6. Al Sweigart, "Automate the Boring Stuff with Python: Practical Programming for Total
Beginners", No Starch Press, (https://automatetheboringstuff.com/)
7. JaanKiusalaas, Numerical Methods in Engineering with Python 3, Cambridge University Press,
2013
8. https://in.mathworks.com/help/symbolic/solve-a-single-differential-equation.html
9. https://in.mathworks.com/help/symbolic/solve-differential-equation-numerically-1.html
10. AngwenyiDavid Variational Methods: The Ritz Method
(https://www.mathworks.com/matlabcentral/fileexchange/102599-variational-methods-the-ritz-
method), MATLAB Central File Exchange. Retrieved November 12, 2022..
11. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/324536698_A_lecture_note_on_MATLAB_code_for_s
olving_2_nd-
order_homogeneous_constant_coefficients_BVPs_via_Galerkin's_Method_over_ne_elements/link
/5ad4321aa6fdcc29357ffa67/download
12. MATLAB code for solving 2nd-order homogeneous, constant coefficients BVPs via Galerkin’s
Method over “ne” elements:
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/324536698_A_lecture_note_on_MATLAB_code_for_s
olving_2_nd-
order_homogeneous_constant_coefficients_BVPs_via_Galerkin%27s_Method_over_ne_elements
13. https://in.mathworks.com/matlabcentral/fileexchange/79667-method-of-mean-weighted-residuals-
example
14. https://in.mathworks.com/matlabcentral/fileexchange/79068-weighted-residue-method-for-bar-
problem
15. https://www.me.ua.edu/me611/f02/pdf/mwr.pdf

31
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

32
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023
28102022/V5

VISVESVARAYA TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, BELAGAVI.

Scheme of Teaching and Examinations and Syllabus

M. Tech., Machine Design (MMD)
(Effective from the Academic year 2022-23)
(For Affiliated Colleges)

Registrar,
Visvesvaraya Technological University
JnanaSangam, Machhe, Belagavi-590018
eMail: registrar@vtu.ac.in
contact: 0831-2498112

10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

VISVESVARAYA TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, BELAGAVI

Scheme of Teaching and Examinations – 2022
M. Tech., Machine Design (MMD)
Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) and Outcome Based Education(OBE)
II SEMESTER
Teaching Hours /Week Examination

Skill Development
Practical/ Seminar
Course Title

Duration in hours
Course Code

Tutorial/

Activities

Total Marks

Credits
Course

SEE Marks
CIE Marks
Theory
Sl. No

L P T/SDA
1 PCC 22MMD/ME Advanced Machine Design 02 00 02 03 50 50 100 3
2 IPCC A21
22MMD/ME Advanced Finite Element 03 02 00 03 50 50 100 4
A/MDE22 Methods & Applications
3 PEC 22MMD23x Professional Elective 1 02 00 02 03 50 50 100 3
4 PEC 22MMD24x Professional Elective 2 02 00 02 03 50 50 100 3
5 MPS 22MMD25 Mini Project with Seminar 00 04 02 -- 100 -- 100 3
6 PCCL 22MMDL26 Finite ElementMethods 01 02 00 03 50 50 100 02
Laboratory
7 AUD/ 22AUD27 Suggested ONLINE courses Classes and evaluation procedures are as per the policy of the PP
AEC online course providers.
TOTAL 10 08 08 15 350 250 600 18
Note: PCC: Professional core courses, PEC: Professional Elective Courses, IPCC-Integrated Professional Core Courses. MPS-Mini Project With Seminar;
AUD/AEC; Audit Courses / Ability Enhancement Courses ( Mandatory), PCCL-Professional Core Course lab, L-Lecture, P-Practical, T/SDA-Tutorial / Skill
Development Activities(Hours are for Interaction between faculty and students)

Professional Elective 1 Professional Elective 2

Course Code under Course title Course Codeunder Course title
22MMD23X 22MMD24X
22MMD/MEA/MDE/MST Optimization Techniques 22MMD/MEA/MDE24 Mechatronics System Design
231
22MMD/MEA/MDE232 Fracture Mechanics 1
22MMD/MEA/MDE24 Mechanical Behaviour of Materials
22MMD/MEA/MDE233 Computer Aided Geometric Design 2
22MMD/MEA/MDE24 Basics of Machine Learning
Fatigue and Failure Analysis 3
22MMD/MEA/MDE24 Design for Manufacturing and
22MMD/MEA/MDE234
4 Assembly
Stress Analysis 22MPD/MAU/MDE/M Industry 4.0
22MMD/MEA/MDE235 EA/MMD/MTP/MPY/
MIA/MAR/CAE/MPE/
Note:
1 Mini Project with Seminar: This may be hands-on practice, survey report, data collection and analysis, coding, mobile app development, field
visit and report preparation, modelling of system, simulation, analysing and authenticating, case studies, etc.
CIE marks shall be awarded by a committee comprising of HoD as Chairman, Guide/co-guide, if any, and a senior faculty of the department.
Students can present the seminar based on the completed mini-project. Participation in the seminar by all postgraduate students of the program shall
be mandatory.

The CIE marks awarded for Mini-Project work and Seminar shall be based on the evaluation of Mini Project work and Report, Presentation skill
and performance in Question and Answer session in the ratio 50:25:25. Mini-Project with Seminar shall be considered as a head of passing and
shall be considered for vertical progression as well as for the award of degree. Those, who do not take-up/complete the Mini Project and Seminar
shall be declared as fail in that course and have to complete the same during the subsequent semester. There is no SEE for this course.

2. Internship: All the students shall have to undergo a mandatory internship of 06 weeks during the vacation of II and III semesters. A University
examination shall be conducted during III semester and the prescribed internship credit shall be counted in the same semester. The internship shall
be considered as a head of passing and shall be considered for vertical progression as well as for the award of degree. Those, who do not take-
up/complete the internship shall be declared as fail in the internship course and have to complete the same during the subsequent University
examination after satisfying the internship requirements.

2
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

Program Outcomes (POs)

1. PO1: An ability to independently carry out research /investigation and development

work to solve practical problems.

2. PO2: An ability to write and present a substantial technical report/document.

3. PO3: Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the area as per
the specialization of the program.
4. PO4: Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical engineering systems using
modern tools and techniques.
5. PO5: Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental investigations on Industrial and
societal problems to provide sustainable solutions

3
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

II SEMESTER

4
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
ADVANCED MACHINE DESIGN
Course Code 22MMD/MEA21 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:P:SDA) 02:00:02 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 25 + 10-12 Activities Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning objectives:
The students will be able to:
1. Outline the basic philosophy of machine design
2. Compute the required load under various practical conditions
3. Apply the various static load based theories of failures
4. Apply the various fatigue load based theories of failures
MODULE-1(5 Hours)
Introduction to Mechanical Engineering Design: Design and Mechanical Engineering Design,
Phases and Interactions of the Design Process, Design Tools and Resources, The Design Engineer’s
Professional Responsibilities, Standards and Codes, Stress and Strength, Design Factor and Factor
of Safety, Reliability, Dimensions and Tolerances, Calculations and Significant Figures.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

MODULE-2(5 Hours)
Load Determination: Loading Classes, FBDs, Load Analysis, 2D Static Loading Case Studies, 3D
Static Loading Case Studies, Impact Loading, Beam Loading.

Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

MODULE-3(5 Hours)
Stress and Strain: Stress, Strain, Principal Stress, Plane Stress and Plane Strain, Mohr's Circle,
Applied Versus Principal Stresses, Axial Tension, Direct Shear Stress, Bearing Stress and Tearout,
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

MODULE-4(5 Hours)
Deflection:Beams and Bending Stresses, Deflection in Beams, Torsion, Combined Stresses, Spring
Rates, Stress Concentration, Stresses in Cylinders, Case Studies In Static Stress And Deflection
Analysis.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

MODULE-5(5 Hours)
Static Failure Theories: Failure of Ductile Materials, Failure of Brittle Materials, Case Studies:
Bicycle Brake Lever, Crimping Tool, Automobile Scissors- jack, Bicycle Brake Arm.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

5
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Learning Process

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing
marks in SEE is 40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not
less than 50% (50 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and
SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
1. Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
2. Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks
to attain the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50
marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as
per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
 The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be proportionately
reduced to 50.
 The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
 Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four sub-
questions) from each module.
 Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
 The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each module
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Robert L. Norton, Machine design - An Integrated Approach, 4th Edition, Prentice- Hall, 2011
2. R G Budynas, and J K Nisbett, Shigley's Mechanical Engineering Design, 9th Edition, McGraw
Hill,2011

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

1. https://www.machinedesign.com/
2. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/112/105/112105125/
3. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/112/105/112105124/

Skill Development Activities Suggested

1. Write a small C Program to design a shaft for both static and dynamic loading
2. Compute the fatigue life of simple rod subject to constant amplitude load in a commercial
software
3. Learn the usage of MSC Fatigue Module of NASTRAN

6
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to :
Sl. No. Description Blooms
Level
CO1 Define basic philosophies used in Machine Design 2
CO2 Design and Analyse any geometrically well-defined component 4
subjected to static loading

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. No. Description POs
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and 1
development work to solve practical problems.
2 An ability to write and present a substantial technical report/document. 2
3 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the area as 3
per the specialization of the program.
4 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical 4
engineering systems using modern tools and techniques.
5 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental 5
investigations on Industrial and societal problems to provide sustainable
solutions.

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 3 3 1 1 1
CO2 3 2 1 3 1
CO3 3 2 1 2 1
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

7
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

ADVANCED FINITE ELEMENT METHODS AND APPLICATIONS

Course Code 22MMD/MEA/MDE22
CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week (L:P:SDA) 03:02:00 SEE Marks 50

Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 hours Theory + 10-12 Lab slots Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
1. Introduce basic aspects of finite element technology, including domain discretization,
polynomial interpolation, application of boundary conditions, assembly of global arrays, and
solution of the resulting algebraic systems.
2. Discuss the use of finite element methods in engineering problem-solving drawing from
applications in solid mechanics and other engineering Domains.
3. Familiarize students with professional-level finite element software.
4. To define, derive and assemble stiffness matrices for spring element, truss element, beam
elements, Plane Stress element.
5. To be familiar with the idea of Isoparametric formulation for various FE Elements
6. FE Formulation of Axisymmetric and Solid Elements.
MODULE-1 (8 Hours)
Mathematical Preliminaries: Principle of Virtual Work, General steps of the Finite Element
Method.

Introduction to the Stiffness (Displacement) Method: Definition of the Stiffness Matrix,

Derivation of the Stiffness Matrix for a Spring Element, Example of a Spring Assemblage,
Assembling the total Stiffness Matrix by Superposition Method, Boundary Conditions, Potential
Energy Approach to Derive Spring Element Equations.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-2(8 Hours)
Development of Truss Equations: Derivation of the Stiffness Matrix for a Bar Element in Local
Coordinates, Selecting a Displacement Function, Transformation of vectors in Two Dimensions,
Global Stiffness Matrix for Bar Arbitrarily Oriented in the Plane, Computation of Stress for a Bar in
the x – y Plane, Solution of a Plane Truss, Transformation Matrix and Stiffness Matrix for a Bar in
three-Dimensional space, Use of symmetry in Structures, Inclined Supports, Potential Energy
Approach to Derive Bar Element Equations, Galerkin’s Residual Method and its Use to Derive the
One-Dimensional Bar Element Equations, Other Residual Methods and their application to a One-
Dimensional bar problem.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-3 (8 Hours)

8
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Development of Beam Equations: Beam stiffness, Example of Assemblage of Beam Stiffness
Matrices, Examples of Beam analysis Using the Direct stiffness Method, Distributed Loading, Beam
Element with Nodal Hinge, Potential Energy Approach to Derive Beam Element Equations,
Galerkin’s Method for Deriving Beam Element Equations.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-4 (8 Hours)
Development of the Plane Stress and Plane Strain Stiffness Equations: Basic Concepts of Plane
Stress and Plane Strain, Derivation of the Constant-Strain triangular Element Stiffness Matrix and
Equations, Treatment of body and Surface Forces, Explicit Expression for the Constant-Strain
Triangle Stiffness Matrix, Finite Element Solution of a Plane Stress Problem, Rectangular Plane
Element (bilinear rectangle, Q4).

Development of the Linear Strain Triangle Equations: Derivation of the Linear-Strain Triangular
Element Stiffness Matrix and Equations, Example LST Stiffness Determination, Comparison of
Elements.
Axisymmetric Elements: Derivation of the stiffness Matrix, Solution of an Axisymmetric pressure
vessel.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-5 (8 Hours)
Isoparametric Formulation: Isoparametric Formulation of the Bar Element Stiffness Matrix,
Isoparametric Formulation of the plane Quadrilateral (Q4) Element Stiffness Matrix, Newton-Cotes
and Gaussian Quadrature, Evaluation of the Stiffness Matrix and Stress Matrix by Gaussian
Quadrature, Higher-Order Shape Functions (including Q6, Q8,Q9, and Q12 Elements).

Three-Dimensional Stress Analysis: Three-Dimensional Stress and Strain, Tetrahedral element,

Isoparametric Formulation and Hexahedral element.

Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

PRACTICAL COMPONENT OF IPCC

Sl.NO. Experiments
1 𝑑2 𝑢
Solve (with MATLAB), the ODE using the weak formulation (FEM/MATLAB): 𝑎 𝑑𝑥 2 +
𝑑𝑢
𝑏 𝑑𝑥 + 𝑐𝑢 = 𝑓(𝑥), 0 < 𝑥 < 𝐿 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 𝐵𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑑𝑎𝑟𝑦 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑠: 𝑢(0) = 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑢(𝐿) = 0 take
a=1, b=-3, c=2 and f(x)=1. Take domain size as 1 (i.e. L=1) and take Five linear elements of
equal size.

9
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
2 𝑑2 𝑢
Solve (with MATLAB), the ODE using the weak formulation (FEM/MATLAB): 𝑎 +
𝑑𝑥 2
𝑑𝑢 𝑑𝑢
𝑏 + 𝑐𝑢 = 𝑓(𝑥), 0 < 𝑥 < 𝐿 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 𝐵𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑑𝑎𝑟𝑦 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑠: 𝑢(0) = 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 (1) = 0
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
take a=1,b=-3, c=2 and f(x)=1. Take domain size as 1(i.e. L=1) and take Five linear
elements of equal size.
3 Solve using MATLAB, the Laplace equation representing two dimensional steady-state
problems using both linear triangle elements with the given boundary conditions:
𝜕 2𝑢 𝜕 2𝑢
+ = 0 𝑓𝑜𝑟 0 < 𝑥 < 5 𝑎𝑛𝑑 0 < 𝑦 < 10.
𝜕𝑥 2 𝜕𝑦 2
The boundary conditions are u(x, 0) =0 for 0<x<5, u(0,y)=0 for 0<y<10,
𝜕𝑢(5,𝑦)
u(x,10)=100sin(ϖx/10) for 0<x<5, and =0 for 0<y<10.
𝜕𝑥
4 Solve the problem 3 using the bilinear rectangular elements with other conditions remaining
same.
5 Write a MATLAB program to Use Gauss-Legendre quadrature for integration of
𝑓(𝑥, 𝑦) = 1 + 4𝑥𝑦 − 3𝑥 2 𝑦 2 + 𝑥 4 𝑦 6 over the domain -1<x<1 and -1<y<1. Use 3-point
quadrature rule along the x-axis and 4-point quadrature rule along y-axis.
6 Determine the natural frequency of a free bar (Fixed at one end and free at other) using the
finite element method. The bar has Young’s Modulus of 200 GPa, Cross-sectional area of
0.001 m2 , Density of 7860 Kg/m3 and Length of 4 m.
7 Write a MATLAB program to perform stress analysis of a cantilever beam subjected to end
load using two dimensional Isoparametric elements assuming plane stress condition. Model
the beam using ten four-node quadrilateral elements.
8 Write a generalised MATLAB Code that can solve any two dimensional truss structure to
find member forces.
9 Make a report of available 1D, 2D and 3D Elements in a commercial FE Software.
10 Make a report of the practical aspects to be considered while generating a mesh in
commercial software.
Demonstration Experiments
11 Solve a problem of a Cantilever beam subjected to end point load in a commercial software
to find out its displacements and stresses
12 Write a script in commercial software to automate the above problem for various
dimensions and material properties.

10
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing
marks in SEE is 40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not
less than 50% (50 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and
SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together

CIE for the theory component of IPCC

● Two Tests each of 20 Marks
● Two assignments each of 10 Marks/One Skill Development Activity of 20 marks
● Total Marks of two tests and two assignments/one Skill Development Activity added will be CIE
for 60 marks, marks scored will be proportionally scaled down to 30 marks.

CIE for the practical component of IPCC

● On completion of every experiment/program in the laboratory, the students shall be evaluated and
marks shall be awarded on the same day. The15 marks are for conducting the experiment and
preparation of the laboratory record, the other 05 marks shall be for the test conducted at the end of
the semester.
● The CIE marks awarded in the case of the Practical component shall be based on the continuous
evaluation of the laboratory report. Each experiment report can be evaluated for 10 marks. Marks of
all experiments’ write-ups are added and scaled down to 15 marks.
● The laboratory test at the end /after completion of all the experiments shall be conducted for 50 marks
and scaled down to 05 marks.
Scaled-down marks of write-up evaluations and tests added will be CIE marks for the laboratory
component of IPCC for 20 marks.
.
SEE for IPCC
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the course (duration 03 hours)
● The question paper will be set for 100 marks and marks scored will be scaled down
proportionately to 50 marks.
● The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
● There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
● The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

The theory portion of the IPCC shall be for both CIE and SEE, whereas the practical portion
will have a CIE component only. Questions mentioned in the SEE paper shall include questions
from the practical component).
nimum marks to be secured in CIE to appear for SEE shall be the 15 (50% of maximum marks-30) in the
omponent and 10 (50% of maximum marks -20) in the practical component. The laboratory component
PCC shall be for CIE only. However, in SEE, the questions from the laboratory component shall be
. The maximum of 04/05 questions to be set from the practical component of IPCC, the total marks of all
ons should not be more than the 20 marks.
will be conducted for 100 marks and students shall secure 40% of the maximum marks to qualify in the
Marks secured will be scaled down to 50. (Student has to secure an aggregate of 50% of maximum marks
ourse(CIE+SEE)

11
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Daryl L. Logan, “A First Course in the Finite Element Method”, 6 Edition, Cengage Learning,
th

2017.
2. Jacob Fish and Ted Belytschko, “A First Course in Finite Elements”, John Wiley & Sons, 2007
3. J. N. Reddy, “An Introduction to the Finite Element Method”, 3 Edition, Mc-Graw Hill, 2006
rd

4. Ferreira, Antonio & Fantuzzi, Nicholas., “MATLAB Codes for Finite Element Analysis: Solids
and Structures”, Springer, 2009.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. NOC: Finite Element Method: Variational Methods to Computer Programming, IIT Guwahati
(https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112103295)
2. NOC:Basics of Finite Element Analysis - II, IIT Kanpur (https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112104205)
3. Abaqus FEA Tutorial Videos (https://www.youtube.com/user/AbaqusPython)
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
1. Write MATLAB/ SCILAB programs to Analyse the 1D,2D, and 3D Finite Elements.
2. Practice the Modelling, Meshing, and Analysis of simple structures in commercial software and
compare the results with closed form solutions.
3. Take an open source FE Software, Compile, and generate an executable file.
4. Understand and summarise the format of the input ASCII files generated by commercial meshing
software for any well know FE Solver.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to :
Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Understand the Basis of formulation of Finite Element Methods 2
CO2 Formulate the complete FE Formulation for 1D, 2D, and 3D Elements 3
CO3 Evaluate various boundary conditions in the FE Application 5
CO4 Write a computer program to analyse a simple Truss structure 3

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. No. Description POs
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and 1
development work to solve practical problems.
2 An ability to write and present a substantial technical report/document. 2
3 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the 3
area as per the specialization of the program. The mastery should be at
a level higher than the requirements in the appropriate bachelor
program.
4 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical 4
engineering systems using modern tools and techniques.
5 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental 5
investigations on Industrial and societal problems to provide
sustainable solutions.

12
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 3 1 1 3 3
CO2 3 2 1 3 3
CO3 3 3 1 3 2
CO4 1 3 1 1 1

Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

13
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Professional Elective 1
OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES
Course Code 22MMD/MEA/MDE/MST231
CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week 2:0:2

SEE Marks 50
(L:P:SDA)
Total Hours of Pedagogy 25 +10-12 Activities Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning objectives:
1. Enumerate the fundamental knowledge of Linear Programming and Dynamic Programming
problems.
2. Learn classical optimization techniques and numerical methods of optimization.
3. Know the basics of different evolutionary algorithms.
4. Explain Integer programming techniques and apply different optimization techniques to solve
various models arising from engineering areas
MODULE-1 (5 Hours)
Liner Programming (LP): Revised Simplex Method, Duel simplex Method, Sensitivity Analysis
Dynamic Programming (DP): Multistage decision processes. Concepts of sub optimization, Recursive
Relation-calculus method, tabular method, LP as a case of D.P
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-2 (5 Hours)
Classical Optimization Techniques:Single variable optimization without constraints,Multi variable
optimization without constraints, multivariable optimization with constraints method of Lagrange
multipliers, Kuhn-Tucker conditions.
Numerical Methods For Optimization: Nelder Mead’s Simplex search method, Gradient of a function,
Steepest descent method, Newton’s method
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-3 (5 Hours)
Modern methods of optimization:
Genetic Algorithm (GA): Differences and similarities between conventional and evolutionary algorithms,
working principle, Genetic Operators- reproduction, crossover, mutation.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-4 (5 Hours)
Genetic Programming (GP): Principles of genetic programming, terminal sets, functional sets, differences
between GA & GP, Random population generation.
Fuzzy Systems: Fuzzy set Theory, Optimization of Fuzzy systems
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-5 (5 Hours)

14
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Integer Programming: Graphical Representation, Gomory’s Cutting Plane Method, Balas’ Algorithm for
Zero–One Programming, Branch-and-Bound Method.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing marks in SEE is
40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements
and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 50% (50 marks out of
100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
● Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
● Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks
to attain the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50 marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be proportionately reduced to
50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four sub-
questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each module
.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Singiresu S. Rao,” Engineering Optimization Theory and Practice”, 4th Edition, John Wiley, 2009
2. Kalyanmoy Deb,Optimization forEngineering Design Algorithms and Examples,2nd Edition, PHI Learning
Private Limited, New Delhi, 2012
3. David E. Goldberg,"Genetic Algorithms in Search, Optimization and Machine Learning", Addison-
Wesley Longman Publishing Co., Inc, 1989
4. Frederick Hillier and Gerald Lieberman, "Introduction to Operations Research", 11th Edition, Tata Mc
Graw Hill, 2021,
5. Jasbir S. Arora, "Introduction to Optimum Design", McGraw - Hill College, 1988
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
● Optimization Toolbox (https://in.mathworks.com/products/optimization.html)
● S.N. Sivanandam, S.N. Deepa ,Principles of Soft Computing, 2nd Edition ,2011
● Principle of Soft computing (https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105173/ )

Skill Development Activities Suggested

1. One or two exercises of Optimization using MATLAB/Python.

15
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to :
Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Apply the fundamental knowledge of Linear Programming and Dynamic 3
Programming problems.
CO2 Use classical optimization techniques and numerical methods of 3
optimization.
CO3 Enumerate fundamentals of Integer programming technique and apply GA 3
and Fuzzy techniques to solve various problems in engineering areas.

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. No. Description POs
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and 1
development work to solve practical problems.
2 An ability to write and present a substantial technical report/document. 2
3 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the 3
area as per the specialization of the program. The mastery should be at
a level higher than the requirements in the appropriate bachelor
program.
4 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical 4
engineering systems using modern tools and techniques.
5 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental 5
investigations on Industrial and societal problems to provide
sustainable solutions.

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 3 - 1 1 1
CO2 3 - 1 3 1
CO3 3 - 1 3 2
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

16
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
FRACTURE MECHANICS
Course Code 22MMD/MEA/MDE232
CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week 3:0:0

SEE Marks 50
(L:P:SDA)
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning objectives:
1. To discuss presence of various flaws in a body
2. To study different methods of identifying them non-destructively
3. To study the linear elastic fracture parameters such as Energy Release Rate and Stress Intensity Factor.
4. Discuss the elasto-plastic fracture parameters such as CTOD and J-Integral
MODULE-1(8 Hours)
Introduction to Fracture Mechanics: Kinds of Failure, Historical Aspects, Brittle and Ductile Fracture,
Modes of Fracture Failure, How Potent is a Crack?, Point of View, Damage Tolerance.
Crack Detection through Non-Destructive Testing: Examination through Human Senses, Liquid
Penetration Inspection, Ultrasonic Testing, Radiographic Imaging, Magnetic Particle Inspection.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-2(8 Hours)
Energy Release Rate: Griffith's Dilemma, Surface Energy, Griffith's Realization, Griffith's Analysis,
Energy Release Rate, Energy Release Rate of DCB Specimen, Anelastic Deformation at Crack-tip, Crack
Resistance, Stable and Unstable Crack Growth, R-curve for Brittle Cracks, Thin Plate vs Thick Plate,
Critical Energy Release Rate.

Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-3(8 Hours)
Stress Intensity Factor:Stress and Displacement Fields in Isotropic Elastic Materials ,Stress Intensity
Factor,Background for Mathematical Analysis,Westergaard's Approach-Model (Opening Mode),Mode II
(Sliding Mode),Mode III (Tearing Mode).
SIF of More Complex Cases: Other Applications of Westergaard Approach, Application of the Principle
of Superposition, Crack in a Plate of Finite Dimensions, Edge Cracks, Embedded Cracks, The Relation
between GI and KI, Critical Stress Intensity Factor.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-4(8 Hours)

17
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Anelastic Deformation at the Crack Tip:Further Investigation at the Crack Tip Approximate Shape and
Size of the Plastic Zone,Effective Crack Length-Approximate Approach,The Irwin Plastic Zone
Correction,Plastic Zone Size through the Dugdale Approach. Effect of Plate Thickness.
J-Integral:Relevance and Scope,Definition of the J-Integral,Path Independence,Stress-Strain Relation,
Further Discussion on J-Integral-From a Designer's Point of View,Experiments to Determine the CriticalJ-
Integral,Comments on the Numerical Evaluation ofJ-Integral,Predicting Safety or Failure,Comments on the
Experimental Determination of the Toughness of Ductile Materials.

Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-5(8 Hours)
Crack Tip Opening Displacement: Introduction,Relationship between CTOD, KI and GI for Small Scale
Yielding,Equivalence between CTOD andJ.
Test Methods :KIC-Test Technique, Test Methods to Determine J IC, Test Methods to Determine GIC and
GIIC,DeterminationofCriticalCTOD
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing marks in SEE is
40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements
and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 50% (50 marks out of
100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
● Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
● Two assignments each of 20 MarksoroneSkill Development Activity of 40 marks
to attain the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50 marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be proportionately reduced
to 50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four sub-
questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each module
.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Prashant Kumar, “Elements Of Fracture Mechanics”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited,
2009
2. T. L. Anderson,” Fracture Mechanics: Fundamentals and Applications,”,3rd Edition. CRC Press, 2005

18
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. Introduction To Fracture Mechanics (https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/3-11-mechanics-of-materials-fall-
1999/resources/mit3_11f99_frac/)
2. Engineering Fracture Mechanics NPTEL (https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/112/106/112106065/

Skill Development Activities Suggested

● Learn to use fracture mechanics of software such as NASGRO (https://www.swri.org/consortia/nasgro),
AFGROW (https://www.afgrow.net/ ), FRANC3D (https://franc3d.in/)
● Study the ASTM Standards used to find various Fracture Parameters
● Write code to simulate the fatigue growthby fracture as in NASGRO.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to :
Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Compute elastic stress analysis of cracked bodies subjected to various static 3
loading and determine the expression for displacement, stress and strain.
CO2 Determine the expression for stress intensity factors for mode I mode II and 2
Mode III loading.
CO3 Evaluate fracture Toughness for metallic materials according to ASTM standard 3
testmethods.
CO4 Identify the elastic plastic fracture behaviour and fracture toughness values in 2
terms R, J, and CTOD.
CO5 Outline fatigue crack growth behaviour and crack growth laws and design 5
mechanical members and develop fracture control plan.

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. Description POs
No.
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and development 1
work to solve practical problems.
2 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental 5
investigations on Industrial and societal problems to provide sustainable
solutions.

19
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 1 1
CO2 1 3
CO3 1 1
CO4 1 1
CO5 1 1
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

20
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
COMPUTER AIDED GEOMETRIC DESIGN
Course Code 22MMD/MEA/MDE233
CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week 02:00:02

SEE Marks 50
(L:P:SDA)
Total Hours of Pedagogy 25 + 10-12 Activities Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning objectives:
1. To discuss the Mathematical techniques for the definition and manipulation of curves and surfaces.
2. To explore the various curves used in CAD.

MODULE-1(5 Hours)
Transformations of the Plane: Introduction, Translations, Scaling about the Origin, Reflections,
Rotation about the Origin, Shears, Concatenation of Transformations,Applications.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-2(5 Hours)
Homogeneous Coordinates and Transformations of the Plane: Introduction, Points at Infinity,
Visualization of the Projective Plane, Transformations in Homogeneous Coordinates, Concatenation of
Transformations , Applications, Point and Line Geometry in Homogeneous Coordinates.

Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-3(5 Hours)
Homogeneous Coordinates and Transformations of Space: Homogeneous Coordinates,
Transformations of Space, Applications, Geometric Methods for Lines and Planes in Space, Quaternions.

Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-4(5 Hours)
Projections and the Viewing Pipeline: Introduction, Projections of the Plane , Projections of Three-
dimensional Space, The View plane Coordinate Mapping, The Viewing Pipeline , Classification of
Projections.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-5(5 Hours)
Curves: Introduction, Curve Rendering, Parametric Curves, Arc length and Reparametrization,
Application: Numerical Controlled Machining and Offsets, Conics, Conics in Space, Applications of
Conics.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

21
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing marks in SEE is
40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements
and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 50% (50 marks out of
100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
● Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
● Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks
to attain the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50 marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be proportionately reduced
to 50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four sub-
questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each module
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Duncan Marsh, Applied Geometry for Computer Graphics and CAD, 2ndEdition, Springer-Verlag
London Limited 2005
2. Gerald Farin, Curves and Surfaces for Computer Aided Geometric Design, A Practical Guide.
Morgan Kaufmann, 5th ed., ISBN 1-55860-737-4, 2002.
3. Nicholas M. Patrikalakis and Takashi Maekawa, Shape Interrogation for Computer-Aided Design and
Manufacturing, Springer 2001.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. https://class236716.cs.technion.ac.il/lectures/
2. https://cs.ucdavis.edu/schedules-classes/ecs-278-computer-aided-geometric-design
Skill Development Activities Suggested
1. Writing MATLAB code to represent curves and surfaces
2. Codes to simulate geometric transformations
3. Code and operate the Bezier and other similar curves
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to :
Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Perform the basic transformations of geometrical objects 3
CO2 Operate in the homogeneous coordinate system 3
CO3 Define, Code and Use various curves 3

22
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. No. Description POs
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and 1
development work to solve practical problems.
2 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the 3
area as per the specialization of the program.
3 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical 4
engineering systems using modern tools and techniques.
5

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 3 1 3
CO2 1 3
CO3 3 2 3
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

23
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
FATIGUE AND FAILURE ANALYSIS
Course Code 22MMD/MEA/MDE234
CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week 2:0:2

SEE Marks 50
(L:P:SDA)
Total Hours of Pedagogy 25+10-12 Activities Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03

Course Learning objectives:

1. Introduce basic aspects of Fatigue and Failure.
2. Discuss the availability of various fatigue analysis methods that are used by professional.
3. Know the modifications required in case of mean stress and notches
4. To understand various cycle counting methods used in industries and in commercial software.
5. Familiarize with the fatigue of spot welds.
MODULE-1(5 Hours)
Fatigue Damage Theories:Fatigue damage mechanism, Cumulative damage models,Linear damage
models,Double linear damage rule by Manson and Halford.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-2(5 Hours)
Stress-Based Fatigue Analysis and Design:Introduction,The stress-life (S-N) and fatigue
limit testing, Estimated SN curve of a component based on ultimate tensile strength, Notch effect, Mean
stress effect,Combined proportional loads.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-3(6 Hours)
Strain-Based Fatigue Analysis and Design:Introduction, Experimental test program, Analysis of
monotonic and cyclic stress–strain behaviour of materials,Mean stress correction methods,Estimation of
cyclic and fatigue properties,Notch analysis.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-4(5 Hours)
Cycle Counting Techniques: One-parameter cycle counting methods,Two-parameter cycle counting
methods,Four-Point Cycle Counting Method,Reconstruction of a load-time history.

Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-5(4 Hours)
Fatigue of Spot Welds: Introduction, WeldSpecimen Testing for Fatigue life calculation.

Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

24
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing marks in SEE is
40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements
and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 50% (50 marks out of
100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
● Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
● Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks
to attain the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50 marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be proportionately reduced
to 50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four sub-
questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each module
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Yung-Li Lee, Jwo Pan, Richard Hathaway, Mark Barkey." Fatigue Testing and Analysis : Theory and
Practice“, Elsevier, 2005.
2. Julie A. Bannantine, Jess J. Comer, James L. Handrock,”Fundamentals of Metal Fatigue Analysis”,
Prentice Hall, 1990.
3. Ralph I. Stephens, Ali Fatemi, Robert R. Stephens, Henry O. Fuchs,”Metal Fatigue in Engineering”, John
Wiley & Sons, 2000.
4. Anderson T L, “Fracture Mechanics: Fundamentals and Applications”, 4th Edition, CRC Press, 2017.
5. ASTM Standard E399, “Standard Test Method for Linear-Elastic Plane-Strain Fracture Toughness KIc of
Metallic Materials,” ASTM International.
6. MSC Fatigue 2021.4 (Theory Guide): (https://www.mscsoftware.com)
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. Practical Fatigue Theory (Online) (https://www.ncode.com/services/training-courses/practical-fatigue-
theory-ncode-training-online)
2. Constant Amplitude Stress-Life Analysis ,(https://www.efatigue.com/constantamplitude/stresslife/#a)
3. Fatigue & Fracture Mechanics in FEA (https://www.nafems.org/training/e-learning/fatigue-fracture-fea/)
4. What is Fatigue Analysis? | MSC Nastran (https://simulatemore.mscsoftware.com/what-is-fatigue-
analysis-msc-nastran/)
Skill Development Activities Suggested
1. Run a MSC NASTRAN Fatigue Analysis
2. Try A sample Problem of Spot Welding in MSC Fatigue
3. Explore various Fatigue and Fracture software.

25
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to :
Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Correctly predict Fatigue life of metal components using Stress and Strain 3
life Methods.
CO2 Analyse the situation to apply appropriate fatigue failure method 3
CO3 Identify and describe the basic fatigue mechanisms. 2
CO4 Demonstrate the application of the methods for fatigue life of spot Weld 3

Program Outcome of this course

Program Outcome of this course
Sl. No. Description POs
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and 1
development work to solve practical problems.
2 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental 5
investigations on Industrial and societal problems to provide
sustainable solutions.

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 1 1
CO2 3 1
CO3 3 1
CO4 3 3
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

26
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
STRESS ANALYSIS
Course Code 22MMD/MEA/MDE235
CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week 2:0:2

SEE Marks 50
(L:P:SDA)
Total Hours of Pedagogy 25 + 10-12 Activities Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03

Course Learning objectives:

1. To understand concept of stress and strain analysis at a point.
2. To understand the various facets of elasticity problems
3. To study methods of analysis for beams stresses and strains
4. To study different techniques of stress analysis under energy methods
MODULE-1(5 Hours)
Analysis of Stress : Introduction , Analysis and Design, Conditions of Equilibrium , Definition and
Components of Stress, Internal Force Resultant and Stress Relations, Stresses on Inclined Sections,
Variation of Stress within a Body, Plane-Stress Transformation, Principal Stresses and Maximum In-Plane
Shear Stress, Mohr’s Circle for Two-Dimensional Stress, Three-Dimensional Stress Transformation,
Principal Stresses in Three Dimensions, Normal and Shear Stresses on an Oblique Plane, Mohr’s Circles in
Three Dimensions, Boundary Conditions in Terms of Surface Forces.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-2(5 Hours)
Strain and Material Properties: Introduction, Deformation, Strain Defined, Equations of Compatibility,
State of Strain at a Point, Engineering Materials, General Properties of Some Common Materials, Stress-
Strain Diagrams, Elastic versus Plastic Behavior, Hooke’s Law and Poisson’s Ratio, Generalized Hooke’s
Law, Orthotropic Materials, Measurement of Strain: Strain Gage, Strain Energy, Strain Energy in Common
Structural Members, Components of Strain Energy, Saint-Venant’s Principle.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-3(5 Hours)
Problems in Elasticity: Introduction, Fundamental Principles of Analysis, Plane Strain Problems, Plane
Stress Problems, Comparison of Two-Dimensional Isotropic Problems, Airy’s Stress Function, Solution of
Elasticity Problems, Thermal Stresses.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-4(5 Hours)
Failure Criteria: Static Loading: Failure by Yielding, Failure by Fracture, Yield and Fracture Criteria,
Maximum Shearing Stress Theory, Maximum Distortion Energy Theory, Octahedral Shearing Stress
Theory, Comparison of the Yielding Theories, Maximum Principal Stress Theory, Mohr’s Theory,
Coulomb–Mohr Theory.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-5(5 Hours)

27
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Bending of Beams: Exact Solutions - Pure Bending of Beams of Symmetrical Cross Section, Pure Bending
of Beams of Asymmetrical Cross Section, Bending of a Cantilever of Narrow Section, Bending of a Simply
Supported Narrow Beam, Approximate Solutions - Elementary Theory of Bending, Normal and Shear
Stresses, Effect of Transverse Normal Stress, Composite Beams, Shear Center.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing marks in SEE is
40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements
and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 50% (50 marks out of
100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
1. Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
2. Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks
to attain the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50 marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be proportionately reduced
to 50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four sub-
questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each module
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Ansel C. Ugural, Saul K. Fenster, “Advanced Mechanics of Materials and Applied Elasticity”, 6th Edition,
Pearson Education, 2020
2. S.P. Timoshenko and J.N. Goodier, “Theory of Elasticity,” McGraw-Hill, Third Ed., New York, (1970)
3. Arthur P. Boresi, Richard J. Schmidt,”Advanced Mechanics of Materials”, 6th Edition. Wiley, 2002
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. Strength of Materials :https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107146
2. Advanced Strength of Materials, https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112101095
3. Mechanics of Solids
:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=whB7IX3NQpg&list=PL4C9BB8DDD5D888A6
Skill Development Activities Suggested
1. Write a small application to display Mohr’s circle for a given stress condition and to find principal
stresses
2. Develop an application which can solve the displacement and stress of a beam for any end condition

28
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to :
Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Determine stress distribution along a component under different loading 3
conditions.
CO2 Solve real time problems subjected under bending. 3
CO3 Compute stresses developed in a member subjected to Torque 2
CO4 Apply some of basic energy methods to solve elasticity problems 3
Program Outcome of this course
Program Outcome of this course
Sl. No. Description POs
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and 1
development work to solve practical problems.
2 An ability to write and present a substantial technical report/document. 2
3 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the area 3
as per the specialization of the program. The mastery should be at a level
higher than the requirements in the appropriate bachelor program.
4 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical 4
engineering systems using modern tools and techniques.
5 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental 5
investigations on Industrial and societal problems to provide sustainable
solutions.

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 2 1 3 3
CO2 1 3 1 2 1
CO3 3 1 3 1
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

29
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

Professional Elective 2
MECHATRONICS SYSTEM DESIGN
Course Code 22MMD/MEA/MDE241
CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week 3:0:0

SEE Marks 50
(L:P:SDA)
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning objectives:
1. To educate the student regarding integration of mechanical electronics electrical and computer systems
in the design of CNC machine tools
2. To provide students with an understanding of the mechatronics design process actuators, sensors
transducers signal conditioning, MEMS and Microsystems
3. To introduce Advanced Application in mechatronics
MODULE-1
Definition and Introduction to Mechatronic System, Modeling&Simulation of Physical systems, Overview
of Mechatronic Products and their functioning, measurement systems, Control Systems, simple Controllers,
Study of Sensors and Transducers, Pneumatic and Hydraulic Systems, Mechanical Actuation System,
Electrical Actual Systems, Real time interfacing and Hardware components for Mechatronics.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-2
Electrical Actuation Systems: Electrical systems, Mechanical switches, Solid state switches, solenoids, DC
& AC motors, Stepper motors System Models, Mathematical models, mechanical system building blocks,
electrical system building blocks, thermal system building blocks, electromechanical systems, hydro-
mechanical systems, pneumatic systems.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-3
Signal Conditioning: Signal conditioning, the operational amplifier, Protection, Filtering, Wheatstone
Bridge, Digital signals Multiplexers, Data Acquisition, Introduction to digital system processing, pulse-
modulation. MEMS and Microsystems: Introduction, Working Principle, Materials for MEMS and
Microsystems, Micro System fabrication process, Overview of Micro Manufacturing, Micro system Design,
and Micro system Packaging.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-4
System model, Engineering systems, rotational-translational system, electromechanical systems, Hydraulic-
mechanical systems. Dynamics responses of systems, modelling dynamic systems, first order system,
second order system, performance measures for second – order systems. systems transfer functions, the
transfer function, first order systems second order systems, system in series,

30
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-5
Microprocessors, control, microprocessor systems, microcontrollers, applications, Assembly language,
languages, instruction sets, assembly language programs, C languages-Why C, Program structure, branched
and loops, arrays, pointers program developments.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing marks in SEE is
40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements
and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 50% (50 marks out of
100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
● Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
● Two assignments each of 20 MarksoroneSkill Development Activity of 40 marks
to attain the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50 marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be proportionately reduced
to 50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four sub-
questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each module
.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. W. Bolton, “Mechatronics” - Addison Wesley Longman Publication, 1999
2. HSU “MEMS and Microsystems design and manufacture”- Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2002
3. Kamm, “Understanding Electro-Mechanical Engineering an Introduction to Mechatronics”- IEEE
Press, 1 edition ,1996
4. Shetty and Kolk “Mechatronics System Design”- Cengage Learning, 2010
5. Mahalik “Mechatronics”- Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2003

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

1. Design of Mechatronic Systems (https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_me129/preview)
2. Virtual Laboratory, Ministry of Education, Government of India. (https://www.vlab.co.in/broad-area-
mechanical-engineering)

31
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Skill Development Activities Suggested
1. Try exploring various laboratories provided in Virtual Laboratory, Ministry of Education, Government
of India.
2. Write few assembly programmes targeted at any of the Intel microprocessors.

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to :
Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Describe mechatronic systems and overview of control systems & actuators 2
CO2 Identify and describe the different types of actuators used in mechatronics 2
systems
CO3 Differentiate between various sensors, transducers and actuators and their 4
application
CO4 Identify and describe the different types of speed and position-feedback devices 2
CO5 Relate various signal conditioning units, amplifiers, logic gates and their role in 4
programmable logic controllers
CO6 Discuss the importance of feedback in controlling physical systems with the use 2
of examples
CO7 Identify and describe the types of controllers used in mechatronics systems 2

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. Description POs
No.
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and development 1
work to solve practical problems.
2 An ability to write and present a substantial technical report/document. 2
3 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the area as 3
per the specialization of the program. The mastery should be at a level higher
than the requirements in the appropriate bachelor program.
4 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical 4
engineering systems using modern tools and techniques.
5 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental 5
investigations on Industrial and societal problems to provide sustainable
solutions.

32
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Mapping of COS and POs
Mapping of COs and POs
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 3 3 1 3 2
CO2 3 3 1 3 2
CO3 3 3 1 2 2
CO4 3 3 1 3 2
CO5 3 3 1 3 1
CO6 3 3 1 2 2
CO7 2 3 1 2 2
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

33
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
MECHANICAL BEHAVIOUR OF MATERIALS
Course Code 22MMD/MEA/MDE242
CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week 2:0:2

SEE Marks 50
(L:P:SDA)
Total Hours of Pedagogy 25 + 10-12 Activities Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning objectives:
1. To familiarize the concept of deformation mechanisms in single crystal and polycrystalline
materials.
2. To study strengthening mechanisms and mechanics of fracture in ductile and brittle materials
3. To study the fatigue and creep properties of materials under various conditions
4. To familiarize the various characterization techniques used to probe mechanical properties.
MODULE-1(5 Hours)
Plastic Deformation: Concepts of crystals, Plastic deformation by slip and twinning, Slip systems in FCC,
BCC and HCP lattices, Critical resolved shear stress for slip, Theoretical shear strength of solids, Stacking
faults and deformation bands.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning
Process

MODULE-2(5 Hours)
Dislocation Theory : Observation of dislocations, Climb and cross slip, Dislocations in FCC and HCP
lattice, Partial dislocations, Stress fields and energies of dislocations, Forces between dislocations,
Interaction of dislocations, Dislocation sources and their multiplications.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning
Process

MODULE-3(6 Hours)
Strengthening Mechanisms: Strengthening from grain boundaries, Grain size measurements, Yield point
phenomenon, Strain aging, Solid solution strengthening, Strengthening from fine particles, Fiber
strengthening, Cold working and strainhardening, Annealing of cold worked metal.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning
Process

MODULE-4(5 Hours)

Creep and Stress Rupture: Creep curve, Stress rupture test, Mechanism of creep deformation, Activation
energy for steady state creep, Superplasticity, Fracture at elevated temperature, Creep resistant alloys,
Creep under combined stresses.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning
Process

34
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
MODULE-5(4 Hours)
The Tension Test: Stress-strain curves, Instability in tension, Ductility measurement, Effect of strain rate,
temperature and testing machine on flow properties, Stress relaxation testing, Notch tensile test, Anisotropy
of tensile properties.
The Hardness Test:Brinnel, Rockwell and Vickers hardness, flow of metal under the indenter, relationship
between hardness and flow curve, micro hardness testing, Hardness at elevated temperatures.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning
Process

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing marks in SEE is
40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements
and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 50% (50 marks out of
100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
● Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
● Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks
to attain the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50 marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be proportionately reduced
to 50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four sub-
questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each module
.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Dieter M. George, Mechanical Metallurgy, McGraw- Hill Inc., 2001.
2. Richard W Hertzberg Deformation and fracture mechanics, John Wiley & Sons
3. Reed Hill and Robert E, Physical Metallurgy Principles, East West Press
4. Hyden W. M. Structure and properties of Materials, Vol. 3, McGraw Hill
.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

1. Mechanical Behavior of Materials https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_mm27/preview
2. Mechanical Behaviour of Materials https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_mm04/preview

35
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Skill Development Activities Suggested
1. Use a strain gage setup to estimate the strains at a surface point of a plate subjected to tensile loading
2. Identify and list the values of SN curves for various alloys of Steel and Aluminium
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to :

Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Explain the effect of dislocations and their interaction on the material strength 2
CO2 Apply the concept of fracture toughness to material failure 2
CO3 Carry out the Tensile test for a steel specimen 3

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. No. Description POs
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and 1
development work to solve practical problems.
2 An ability to write and present a substantial technical report/document. 2
3 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the area 3
as per the specialization of the program. The mastery should be at a level
higher than the requirements in the appropriate bachelor program.
4 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical 4
engineering systems using modern tools and techniques.
5 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental 5
investigations on Industrial and societal problems to provide sustainable
solutions.

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 3 1 3 1
CO2 3 1 2
CO3 1 1 3 1
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

36
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
BASICS OF MACHINE LEARNING
Course Code 22MMD/MEA/MDE243
CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week (L:P:SDA) 2:0:2 SEE Marks 50

Total Hours of Pedagogy 25 + 10-12 Activities Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning objectives:
1. To understand the basic theory underlying machine learning.
2. To be able to formulate machine learning problems corresponding to different applications.
3. To understand a range of machine learning algorithms along with their strengths and
weaknesses.
4. To be able to apply machine learning algorithms to solve problems of moderate complexity.
5. To apply the algorithms to a real-world problem, optimize the models learned and report on
the expected accuracy that can be achieved by applying the models.
MODULE-1(5 Hours)
Introduction to Machine Learning
Introduction, Components of Learning, Learning Models, Geometric Models, Probabilistic Models,
Logic Models, Grouping and Grading, Designing a Learning System, Types of Learning,
Supervised, Unsupervised, Reinforcement, Perspectives and Issues, Version Spaces, PAC Learning,
VC Dimension.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-2(5 Hours)
Supervised and Unsupervised Learning
Decision Trees: ID3, Classification and Regression Trees, Regression: Linear Regression, Multiple
Linear Regression, Logistic Regression, Neural Networks: Introduction, Perception, Multilayer
Perception, Support Vector Machines: Linear and Non-Linear, Kernel Functions, K Nearest
Neighbors. Introduction to clustering, K-means clustering, K-Mode Clustering.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-3(5 Hours)
Ensemble and Probabilistic Learning

Model Combination Schemes, Voting, Error-Correcting Output Codes, Bagging: Random Forest
Trees,
Boosting: Adaboost, Stacking.
Gaussian mixture models - The Expectation-Maximization (EM) Algorithm, Information Criteria,
Nearestneighbour methods - Nearest Neighbour Smoothing, Efficient Distance Computations: the
KD-Tree, Distance Measures.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-4(5 Hours)

37
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Reinforcement Learning and Evaluating Hypotheses
Introduction, Learning Task, Q Learning, Non deterministic Rewards and actions, temporal-difference
learning, Relationship to Dynamic Programming, Active reinforcement learning, Generalization in
reinforcement learning. Motivation, Basics of Sampling Theory: Error Estimation and Estimating
Binomial Proportions, The
Binomial Distribution, Estimators, Bias, and Variance
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-5(5 Hours)
Genetic Algorithms: Motivation, Genetic Algorithms: Representing Hypotheses, Genetic Operator,
Fitness Function and Selection, An Illustrative Example, Hypothesis Space Search, Genetic
Programming, Models of Evolution and Learning: Lamarkian Evolution, Baldwin Effect,
Parallelizing Genetic Algorithms.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing
marks in SEE is 40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not
less than 50% (50 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and
SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
● Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
● Two assignments each of 20 MarksoroneSkill Development Activity of 40 marksto attain
the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50
marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as
per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be
proportionately reduced to 50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four
sub-questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each
module

38
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Tom M. Mitchell , "Machine learning", McGraw Hill 1997
2. M. Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, Springer, 2006.
3. RajjanShinghal, "Pattern Recognition", Oxford Press, 2006.
4. EthemAlpaydin, "Introduction to machine learning", PHI learning, 2008.
5. Hastie, Tibshirani, Friedman, "The Elements of Statistical Learning", Springer 2001.
6. R.O. Duda, P.E. Hart and D.G. Stork, Pattern Classification, Wiley-Interscience, 2nd Edition,
2000.
7. T. Hastie, R. Tibshirani and J. Friedman, The Elements of Statistical Learning: Data Mining,
Inference and Prediction, Springer, 2nd Edition, 2009
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

● VTU e-Shikshana Program

● VTU EDUSAT Program
Skill Development Activities Suggested
● Quizzes
● Assignments
● Seminars
Activities
● Mini project on live working model/ Problems.
● Seminar
● Assignment
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to :
Sl. No. Description Blooms
Level
CO1 Choose the learning techniques with this basic knowledge 2
CO2 Apply effectively genetic algorithms for appropriate applications 3
CO3 Apply Bayesian techniques and derive effectively learning rules. 3
CO4 Choose and differentiate Clustering & Unsupervised Learning and Language 2
Learning

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. No. Description POs
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and 1
development work to solve practical problems.
2 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the area 3
as per the specialization of the program.
3 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical 4
engineering systems using modern tools and techniques.
4 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental 5
investigations on Industrial and societal problems to provide sustainable
solutions.
5

39
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 1 3 1
CO2 3 1 2 1
CO3 3 1 2 1
CO4 2 1 3 1
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

40
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
DESIGN FOR MANUFACTURING AND ASSEMBLY
Course Code 22MMD/MEA/MDE244
CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week (L:P:SDA) 2:0:2 SEE Marks 50

Total Hours of Pedagogy 25 hours + 10-12 activities Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
1. Understanding the basic rules for design for manufacturing and material selection.
2. Applying the guidelines for ease of design, manufacturing and assembly.
3. Analyze factors for selection of material and process, relationship to manufacturing processes
4. Apply the concepts of design for manufacturing and assembly for product manufacturing.
5. Compare various manufacturing processes and assembly techniques required for product
development to optimise the process.
MODULE-1(5 Hours)
Material and process selection – Introduction, Advantages of applying DFMA, General
requirements of early materials and process selection, Selection of Manufacturing processes,
Selection of materials. Engineering Design features. – Dimensioning, Tolerances, General
Tolerance, Geometric Tolerances,
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-2(5 Hours)
Assembly limits, Datum features.
Component design – Machining Considerations – Drills, Milling cutters, Drilling, Keyways,
Dowels, Screws, Reduction in machining areas, Simplification by separation and amalgamation,
work piece holding, surface grinding, Examples.

Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-3 (5 Hours)
Component design – Casting Considerations – Pattern, Mould, parting line, cast holes, machined
holes, identifying parting line, special sand cores, designing to obviate sand cores. Examples
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-4(5 Hours)
Design for Injectionmolding and Sheet metal working – Injection molding materials, Molding
cycle, Systems, molds, machine size, cycle time, Cost estimation, Insert molding, Design guidelines,
Introduction to sheet metalworking.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE 5(5 Hours)

Selective Assembly: Interchangeable part manufacture and selective assembly, deciding the
number of groups Group tolerance of Mating parts equal, Model total and group tolerances
of shaft equal. Control of axial play- Introducing secondary machining operations,
laminated shims, examples.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

41
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing
marks in SEE is 40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not
less than 50% (50 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and
SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
● Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
● Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks
to attain the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50
marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as
per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be proportionately
reduced to 50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four sub-
questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each module

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
● Product Design for Manufacture and Assembly – Geoffrey Boothroyd - Peter Dewhurst -
Winston Knight
● Designing for Manufacturing – Harry Peck - Pitman Publications – 1983
● Dimensioning and Tolerancing for Quantity Production – Merhyle F Spotts –Inc. Englewood
Cliffs - New Jersey - Prentice Hall, 5thedition.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
● VTU e-Shikshana Program
● VTU EDUSAT Program
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
● Quizzes
● Assignments
● Seminars

42
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to :
Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Understand the principles of manufacturability and design for manufacture 2
CO2 Design casting for economic production. 4

CO3 Understand the concept of easy assembly, based on rules of DFMA to 2

reduce the time of assembly.
CO4 Redesign the parts for easy manufacturing based on rules of DFMA to 4
reduce the time of manufacturing and enhance cost effectiveness.
CO5 Design guidelines and background for powder metallurgy parts and 5
reviewing of formed parts.

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. No. Description POs
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and 1
development work to solve practical problems.
2 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the area 2
as per the specialization of the program.
3 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental 5
investigations on Industrial and societal problems to provide sustainable
solutions.

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 3 2 1
CO2 1 2 1
CO3 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 1
CO5 3 2 1
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

43
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
INDUSTRY 4.0
Course Code 22MPD/MAU/MDE/MEA/MMD/MTP
/MPY/MIA/MAR/CAE/MPE/MPM/M
CM245 CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week (L:P:SDA) 3:0:0 SEE Marks 50

Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning objectives:
● To impart basic idea in Industry 4.0.
● To provide students with good depth of knowledge of designing Industrial 4.0 Systems for
various application
● Learn the concepts of Robotics and Augmented Reality
MODULE-1(8 Hours)
Introduction to Industry 4.0: Introduction, core idea of Industry 4.0,origin concept of industry
4.0,Industry 4.0 production system, current state of industry 4.0, Technologies, How is India
preparing for Industry 4.0
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-2(8 Hours)
A Conceptual Framework for Industry 4.0: Introduction, Main Concepts and Components of
Industry 4.0, State of Art, Supportive Technologies, Proposed Framework for Industry 4.0.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-3(8 Hours)
Technology Roadmap for Industry 4.0: Introduction, Proposed Framework for Technology
Roadmap, Strategy Phase, Strategy Phase, New Product and Process Development Phase.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-4(8 Hours)

Advances in Robotics in the Era of Industry 4.0: Introduction, Recent Technological Components
of Robots- Advanced Sensor Technologies, Internet of Robotic Things, Cloud Robotics, and
Cognitive Architecture for Cyber-Physical Robotics, Industrial Robotic Applications- Manufacturing,
Maintenance and Assembly.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-5(8 Hours)
Obstacles and Framework Conditions for Industry 4.0 : Lack of A Digital Strategy alongside
Resource Scarcity, Lack of standards and poor data security, Financing conditions, availability of
skilled workers, comprehensive broadband infra- structure,
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

44
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing
marks in SEE is 40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not
less than 50% (50 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and
SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
1. Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
2. Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks to attain
the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50
marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as
per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be
proportionately reduced to 50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four
sub-questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each
module
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Alp Ustundag and Emre Cevikcan,”Industry 4.0: Managing the Digital Transformation”.
2. Bartodziej, Christoph Jan,”The Concept Industry 4.0”.
3. Klaus Schwab,”The Fourth Industrial Revolution”.
4. Christian Schröder,”The Challenges of Industry 4.0 for Small and Medium-sized Enterprises”.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

● VTU e-Shikshana Program

● VTU EDUSAT Program
Skill Development Activities Suggested
● Quizzes
● Assignments
● Seminars
● Industrial Visit
● Case study

45
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to :

Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Describe Industry 4.0 and scope for Indian Industry 2

CO2 Demonstrate conceptual framework and road map of Industry 4.0 3

CO3 Describe Robotic technology and Augmented reality for Industry 4.0 3

CO4 Demonstrate obstacle and framework conditions for Industry 4.0 4

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. Description POs
No.
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and development 1
work to solve practical problems.
2 An ability to write and present a substantial technical report/document. 2
3 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the area as per 3
the specialization of the program..

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 3 3 1
CO2 2 3 1
CO3 2 3 1
CO4 1 3 1
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

46
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

47
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
MINI PROJECT WITH SEMINAR
Course Code 22MMD25 CIE Marks 100
Number of contact Hours/Week 0-4-2 SEE Marks --
Credits 03 Exam Hours/Batch
--
Course objectives:
 To support independent learning and innovative attitude.
 To guide to select and utilize adequate information from varied resources upholding ethics.
 To guide to organize the work in the appropriate manner and present information (acknowledging the sources)
clearly.
 To develop interactive, communication, organisation, time management, and presentation skills.
 To impart flexibility and adaptability.
 To inspire independent and team working.
 To expand intellectual capacity, credibility, judgement, intuition.
 To adhere to punctuality, setting and meeting deadlines.
 To instil responsibilities to oneself and others.
 To train students to present the topic of project work in a seminar without any fear, face audience confidently,
enhance communication skill, involve in group discussion to present and exchange ideas.
Mini-Project with seminar: This may be hands-on practice, survey report, data collection and analysis, coding, mobile
app development, field visit and report preparation, modelling of system, simulation, analysing and authenticating, case
studies, etc.
CIE marks shall be awarded by a committee comprising of HoD as Chairman, Guide/co-guide, if any, and a senior faculty
of the department. Students can present the seminar based on the completed mini-project. Participation in the seminar
by all postgraduate students of the program shall be mandatory.
The CIE marks awarded for Mini-Project work and Seminar, shall be based on the evaluation of Mini Project work and
Report, Presentation skill and performance in Question-and-Answer session in the ratio 50:25:25. Mini-Project with
Seminar shall be considered as a head of passing and shall be considered for vertical progression as well as for the award
of degree. Those, who do not take-up/complete the Mini Project and Seminar shall be declared as fail in that course and
have to complete the same during the subsequent semester.
There is no SEE for this course.
Course outcomes:
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Present the mini-project and be able to defend it.
 Make links across different areas of knowledge and to generate, develop and evaluate ideas and information to apply
these skills to the project task.
 Habituated to critical thinking and use problem solving skills.
 Communicate effectively and to present ideas clearly and coherently in both the written and oral forms.
 Work in a team to achieve common goal.
 Learn on their own, reflect on their learning and take appropriate actions to improve it.

48
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
FINITE ELEMENT LABORATORY
Course Code 22MDEL26 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:2:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 15 + 10 -12 Laboratory Sessions Total Marks 100
Credits 2 Exam Hours 3
Course objectives:
● To familiarize the students with a commercial / open source FEM Software
● To make students practice problems in Linear Elastic, Dynamic and Non-Linear Finite Element
Analysis using any commercial software such as NASTRAN/ABAQUS etc.
Sl.NO. EXPERIMENTS

Linear Static Analysis:

1 Linear Static Analyses of a Simply-Supported Truss, Simply-Supported Stiffened Plate and
a Solid Lug.
2 Rigid Element Analysis with RBAR: Create a tube model with a 'rigid' end and apply a
torque load for linear static analysis (Rigid Element Analysis with RBAR or equivalent)
Dynamic Analysis:
3 Modal Analysis of a Flat Plate: find first five natural frequencies and mode shapes). Repeat
the analysis with static reduction.
4 Direct Transient Response Analysis:Using the direct method, define time-varying excitation
and compute nodal displacement for desired time domain. Repeat the analysis using the
modal method.
5 Direct Frequency Response Analysis:Using the direct method define frequency-varying
excitation and compute nodal displacement for desired frequency domain. Repeat the
analysis with modal method
6 Random Analysis of flat plat: Determining the displacement response spectrum from
random pressure and force loads with cross spectrum correlation.
Non-Linear Analysis:
7 Spring Element with Nonlinear Analysis Parameters (Multi-Step Analysis): Demonstrate the
effects of geometric nonlinear analysis with incremental loads through multiple subcases
and interpret the results with different output options.
8 Geometric Nonlinear Analysis of a Cantilever Beam: Perform nonlinear analysis on a
cantilever beam under four increasing loads, create an accurate deformation plot of the
model and a plot of the load factor vs. displacement.
DEMONSTRATION EXPERIMENTS ( FOR CIE )

9 A plate with a part-through crack: elastic line spring modelling:A large plate with a
symmetric, centrally located, semi-elliptic, part-through crack is subjected to edge tension
and bending. Estimate the Mode I stress intensity factor, KI as a function of position along
the crack front.
10 Z-section cantilever under torsional loading. A Z section cantilever (1 m, 2m,1m) with
thickness 0.1 m is subjected to a torque of 1.2 MN-m applied at 10. The torque is
applied by two uniformly distributed edge shears of 0.6 MN at each flange when shell
elements are used. All displacements are zero along the edge at 0. The material
properties are Young's modulus = 210 GPa, Poisson's ratio = 0.3, density = 7800 kg/m3. In
the explicit dynamic analysis the loading rate is applied such that a quasi-static solution is
obtained. Find the axial stress, at mid-surface, and stress at point A (2.5 m from fixed
edge).

49
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
11 Plane stress elements—elliptic membrane (NAFEMS Benchmark Problem): A thin steel
𝑥 𝑦
plate of thickness 0.1 mm defined between two ellipses (outer: 3.252 + 2.75 = 1 and inner:
𝑥 𝑦
22
+ 12 = 1 ) is subjected to uniform outer pressure of 10 MPa. Find Tangential edge
stresses (σyy).
12 Laminated strip under three-point bending: A Laminate of size(50 mm x10 mm x1 mm),
Lamina arrangement of0/90/0/90/0/90/0 (all lamina with thickness 0.1mm and the middle
lamina with thickness 0.4mm) have the material properties = 100 GPa, = 5 GPa,
= 5 GPa, = 0.4, = 0.3, = 0.3, = 3 GPa, = 2 GPa, = 2 GPa . The
plate is simply supported by two supports at 10 mm from ends. A Line load of10 N/mm is
applied at the centre (x = 25, z = 1). Find the stresses, σ11 and σ13 and Uz.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set):
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
● Run a Linear Static, Dynamic and Non- Linear Analysis for simple components
● Find the stress and displacement in a commercial software
● Demonstrate the validity of FE results against a set standard.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE)
is 50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. A student shall be
deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each course.
The student has to secure not less than 40% of maximum marks in the semester-end
examination(SEE). In total of CIE and SEE student has to secure 50% maximum marks of the
course.
Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):
CIE marks for the practical course is 50 Marks.
The split-up of CIE marks for record/ journal and test are in the ratio 60:40.
● Each experiment to be evaluated for conduction with observation sheet and record write-up.
Rubrics for the evaluation of the journal/write-up for hardware/software experiments designed
by the faculty who is handling the laboratory session and is made known to students at the
beginning of the practical session.
● Record should contain all the specified experiments in the syllabus and each experiment write-
up will be evaluated for 10 marks.
● Total marks scored by the students are scaled downed to 30 marks (60% of maximum marks).
● Weightage to be given for neatness and submission of record/write-up on time.
● Department shall conduct 02 tests for 100 marks, the first test shall be conducted after the 8th
week of the semester and the second test shall be conducted after the 14th week of the semester.
● In each test, test write-up, conduction of experiment, acceptable result, and procedural
knowledge will carry a weightage of 60% and the rest 40% for viva-voce.
● The suitable rubrics can be designed to evaluate each student’s performance and learning ability.
● The average of 02 tests is scaled down to 20 marks (40% of the maximum marks).
The Sum of scaled-down marks scored in the report write-up/journal and average marks of two tests
is the total CIE marks scored by the student.

50
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Semester End Evaluation (SEE):
SEE marks for the practical course is 50 Marks.

SEE shall be conducted jointly by the two examiners of the same institute; examiners are
appointed by the University.
● All laboratory experiments are to be included for practical examination.
● (Rubrics) Breakup of marks and the instructions printed on the cover page of the answer script to
be strictly adhered to by the examiners. OR based on the course requirement evaluation rubrics
shall be decided jointly by examiners.
● Students can pick one question (experiment) from the questions lot prepared by the internal
/external examiners jointly.
● Evaluation of test write-up/ conduction procedure and result/viva will be conducted jointly by
examiners.
● General rubrics suggested for SEE are mentioned here, writeup-20%, Conduction procedure and
result in -60%, Viva-voce 20% of maximum marks. SEE for practical shall be evaluated for 100
marks and scored marks shall be scaled down to 50 marks (however, based on course type, rubrics
shall be decided by the examiners)
● Change of experiment is allowed only once and 10% Marks allotted to the procedure part to be
made zero.
The duration of SEE is 03 hours

Suggested Learning Resources:

1. https://www.scc.kit.edu/scc/sw/msc/Webwork/NasBooks.html
2. Abaqus Examples problem guide:
http://wufengyun.com:888/books/exa/default.htm?startat=pdx01pdd01.html
3. National Agency for Finite Element Methods and Standards (U.K.): Test LE1 from NAFEMS
publication TNSB, Rev. 3, “The Standard NAFEMS Benchmarks,” October 1990.
4. http://wufengyun.com:888/books/bmk/default.htm?startat=book01.html#bmk
5. National Agency for Finite Element Methods and Standards (U.K.): Test R0031/1 from NAFEMS
publication R0031, “Composites Benchmarks,” February 1995.
(http://wufengyun.com:888/books/bmk/default.htm?startat=book01.html#bmk)
6. National Agency for Finite Element Methods and Standards (U.K.): Test LE5 from NAFEMS
publication TNSB, Rev. 3, “The Standard NAFEMS Benchmarks,” October 1990.
(http://wufengyun.com:888/books/bmk/default.htm?startat=book01.html#bmk)

51
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

52
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023
28102022/V5

VISVESVARAYA TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, BELAGAVI.

Scheme of Teaching and Examinations and Syllabus

M. Tech., Machine Design (MMD)
(Effective from the Academic year 2022-23)
(For Affiliated Colleges)

Registrar,
Visvesvaraya Technological University
JnanaSangam, Machhe, Belagavi-590018
eMail: registrar@vtu.ac.in
contact: 0831-2498112

10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

VISVESVARAYA TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, BELAGAVI

Scheme of Teaching and Examinations – 2020 - 21
M. Tech., Machine Design (MMD)
Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) and Outcome Based Education(OBE)
III SEMESTER
Teaching Hours /Week Examination

Skill Development

Duration in hours
Mini–Project/
Internship
Practical/
Course Title

Tutorial/

Total Marks
SEE Marks
Activities

CIE Marks
Theory

Credits
Course
Sl. No

Course
Code

L P SDA
22MMD/ME 03 00 02 03 50
1 PCC Mechanics of Composite Materials 50 100 4
A/MDE31
2 PEC 22MMD32X Professional elective 3 03 00 00 03 50 50 100 3
3 OEC 22MMD33X Professional Elective 4 03 00 00 03 50 50 100 3
4 PROJ 22MMD34 Project Work phase -1 00 06 00 -- 100 -- 100 3
5 SP 22MMD35 Societal Project 00 06 00 -- 100 -- 100 3
(06 weeks Internship
Completed during the
6 INT 22MMDI36 Internship 03 50 50 100 6
intervening vacation of II
and III semesters.)
TOTAL 09 12 03 12 400 200 600 22
Note: PCC: Professional core courses, PEC: Professional Elective Courses, IPCC-Integrated Professional Core Courses. MPS-Mini Project With Seminar; AUD/AEC;
Audit Courses / Ability Enhancement Courses ( Mandatory), PCCL-Professional Core Course lab, L-Lecture, P-Practical, T/SDA-Tutorial / Skill Development
Activities(Hours are for Interaction between faculty and students)

Professional elective 3 Professional Elective 4

Course Code under Course title Course Code under Course title
22MMDxxx 22MMD32X
Sustainability Engineering 22MMD/MDE/ME Design automation with IoT
22MMD/MPD/MDE/MEA/
MST321 A/MTR/MPM331

22MMD/MPD/MAU/MPE/ Rapid Prototyping 22MMD/MDE/ME Reverse Engineering

MDE/MEA/MSE/MTE/MP A332
Y/MPM322
22MMD/MPD/MDE/MEA Design of Experiment 22MMD/MDE/ME Optimization through MATLAB
/MST/MPT/323 A333

Design of Aerospace Structures 22MMD/MDE/MA Introduction to Hybrid and Electric

22MMD/MEA/MDE324 U/MEA334 Vehicles

Introduction to Robotics 22MMD/MEA/MD 3D Printing

22MMD/MEA/MDE325 E335

Note:
1. Project Work Phase-1:The project work shall be carried out individually. However, in case a disciplinary or interdisciplinary project requires
more participants, then a group consisting of not more than three shall be permitted.Students in consultation with the guide/co-guide (if any) in
disciplinary project or guides/co-guides (if any) of all departments in case of multidisciplinary projects, shall pursue a literature survey and complete
the preliminary requirements of the selected Project work. Each student shall prepare a relevant introductory project document, and present a
seminar.
CIE marks shall be awarded by a committee comprising of HoD as Chairman, all Guide/s and co-guide/s (if any) and a senior faculty of the
concerned departments. The CIE marks awarded for project work phase -1, shall be based on the evaluation of Project Report, Project Presentation
skill, and performance in the Question and Answer session in the ratio of 50:25:25.
2. Societal Project: Students in consultation with the internal guide as well as with external guide (much preferable) shall involve in applying
technology to workout/proposing viable solutions for societal problems.

2
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
CIE marks shall be awarded by a committee comprising of HoD as Chairman, Guide/co-guide if any, and a senior faculty of the department. The CIE
marks awarded, shall be based on the evaluation of Project Report, Project Presentation skill, and performance in the Question and Answer session in
the ratio of 50:25:25.
Those, who have not pursued /completed the Societal Project, shall be declared as fail in the course and have to complete the same during subsequent
semester/s after satisfying the Societal Project requirements. There is no SEE (University examination) for this course.
3. Internship: Those, who have not pursued /completed the internship, shall be declared as fail in the internship course and have to complete the
same during subsequent University examinations after satisfying the internship requirements. Internship SEE (University examination) shall be as
per the University norms.

CIE marks shall be awarded by a committee comprising of HoD as Chairman, Guide/co-guide if any, and a senior faculty of the department. The CIE
marks awarded for project work phase-1 shall be based on the evaluation of Project Report, Project Presentation skill, and performance in the
Question and Answer session in the ratio of 50:25:25.

3
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

VISVESVARAYA TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, BELAGAVI

Scheme of Teaching and Examinations – 2020 - 21
M. Tech., Machine Design (MMD)
Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) and Outcome Based Education(OBE)
IV SEMESTER
Teaching Hours
Examination
/Week

Credits
Field work
Sl. No

Practical/

Total Marks
Course Course Code Course Title

SEE Marks
Duration in

CIE Marks
Theory

Viva voce
hours
L P
1 Project 22MMD41 Project work phase -2 -- 08 03 100 100 200 18

TOTAL -- 08 03 100 100 200 18

Note:
1. Project Work Phase-2:
Students in consultation with the guide/co-guide (if any) in disciplinary project or guides/co-guides (if any) of all departments in case of
multidisciplinary projects, shall continue to work of Project Work phase -1to complete the Project work. Each student / batch of students shall
prepare project document, and present a seminar.

CIE marks shall be awarded by a committee comprising of HoD as Chairman, all Guide/s and co-guide/s (if any) and a senior faculty of the
concerned departments. The CIE marks awarded for project work phase -2, shall be based on the evaluation of Project Report, Project Presentation
skill, and performance in the Question and Answer session in the ratio of 50:25:25.

SEE shall be at the end of IV semester. Project work evaluation and Viva-Voce examination (SEE), after satisfying the plagiarism check, shall be as
per the University norms.

Total Credits 22+18+22+18 =80

4
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

Program Outcomes (POs)

1. PO1: An ability to independently carry out research /investigation and development

work to solve practical problems.

2. PO2: An ability to write and present a substantial technical report/document.

3. PO3: Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the area as per
the specialization of the program.
4. PO4: Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical engineering systems using
modern tools and techniques.
5. PO5: Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental investigations on Industrial and
societal problems to provide sustainable solutions

5
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

III SEMESTER

6
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
MECHANICS OF COMPOSITE MATERIALS
Course Code 22MMD/MEA/MDE31
CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week 3:0:2

SEE Marks 50
(L:P:SDA)
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 + 10-12 Activities Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning objectives:
This course will enable students to
1.Comprehend the basics of Composite Materials
2.Select composite materials,
3.Conduct stress and Stiffness analyses of Lamina and Laminate
4.Use the theories of failure of composite materials under static loading
MODULE-1(7 Hours)
Introduction: Basic Concepts, Design Process, Composites Design Methods, Fracture Mechanics.

Materials:Fiber Reinforcements, Fiber Types-Glass Fibers, Silica and Quartz Fibers, Carbon Fibers,
Carbon Nanotubes, Organic Fibers, Boron Fibers, Ceramic Fibers, Basalt Fibers, Metallic Fibers, Natural
Fibers; Fiber-Matrix Compatibility, Fiber Forms, Matrix Materials, Thermoset Matrices, Thermoplastic
Matrices, Biodegradable Matrices, Creep, Temperature, and Moisture, Corrosion Resistance, Flammability
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

MODULE-2(9 Hours)
Micromechanics: Basic Concepts Volume and Mass fraction, Heterogeneous Material, Anisotropic
Material, Orthotropic Material, Transversely Isotropic Material, Isotropic Material; Stiffness-Longitudinal
Modulus, Transverse Modulus, In-Plane Poisson’s Ratio, In-Plane Shear Modulus, Intralaminar Shear
Modulus, Restrictions on the Elastic Constants,
Strength - Longitudinal Tensile Strength, Longitudinal Compressive Strength, Transverse Tensile Strength,
Mode I Fracture Toughness, In-Plane Shear Strength, Mode II Fracture Toughness, Transverse
Compressive Strength, Mohr-Coulomb Failure, Intralaminar Shear Strength.

Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

MODULE-3(8 Hours)
Ply Mechanics: Coordinate Systems, Stress and Strain, Stress-Strain Equations, Off-Axis Stiffness,
Specially Orthotropic Lamina.
Macromechanics: Plate Stiffness and Compliance, Computation of Stresses, Common Laminate Types,
Laminate Moduli, Universal Carpet Plots.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

MODULE-4(9 Hours)

7
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Ply Strength: Lamina Failure Criteria-Strength Ratio, Maximum Stress Criterion, Maximum Strain
Criterion, Interacting Failure Criterion, First Ply Failure, Last Ply Failure, Laminate Strength.

Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

MODULE-5(7Hours)
Manufacturing Processes: Hand Layup, Prepreg Layup, Bag Molding, Autoclave Processing,
Compression Molding, Resin Transfer Molding, Vacuum-Assisted Resin Transfer Molding, Pultrusion,
Filament Winding, Textile Manufacturing.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing marks in SEE is
40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements
and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 50% (50 marks out of
100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

● Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
● Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks
to attain the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50 marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be proportionately reduced
to 50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four sub-
questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each module
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Ever J. Barbero, “Introduction to Composite Materials Design”, 3rd Edition, CRC Press, 2018
2. Autar K. Kaw,” Mechanics of composite materials”, CRC, 2nd Edition, Indian Print, 2009

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

1. Introduction to Composites, IIT Kanpur, https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112104168
2. Composite Materials and Structures, IIT Kanpur, https://nptel.ac.in/courses/101104010

8
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Skill Development Activities Suggested
1. Write a MATLAB programme to find the stress and strain of an angle lamina
2. Write a MATLAB code to find A,B, D Matrix of a Laminate and to find strains when subjected to applied
stresses.
3. Write a MATLAB code to accommodate the theories of failure for composite materials
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to :
Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Select Composite Materials based on the need of the situation 3
CO2 Design and analyse the lamina in its various orientations 3
CO3 Design and Analyse a composite laminate 3

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. No. Description POs
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and 1
development work to solve practical problems.
2 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the area 3
as per the specialization of the program.
3 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental 5
investigations on Industrial and societal problems to provide sustainable
solutions.
4
5

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 1 1 2
CO2 1 1 2
CO3 1 1 2
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

9
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Professional Elective 3
SUSTAINABILITY ENGINEERING
Course Code 22MMD/MPD/MDE/MEA/MST321
CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week (L:P:SDA) 3:0:0 SEE Marks 50

Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning objectives:
1. To have an increased awareness among students on issues in areas of sustainability
2. To understand the role of engineering and technology with sustainable development.
3. To know the methods, tools and incentives for sustainable products service system
development
4. To establish clear understanding of the role and impact t of various aspects of engineering
decisions on environmental, societal and economic problems
MODULE-1
Sustainability: Introduction, concept, evolution of the concept; Social, environmental and economic
sustainability concepts; Sustainable development, Nexus between Technology and Sustainable
development.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-2
Environmental Pollution: Air Pollution and its effects, Water pollution and its sources, Zero waste
concept and 3 R concepts in solid waste management; Greenhouse effect, Global warming, Climate
change, Ozone layer depletion, legal provisions for environmental protection.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-3
Environmental Management Standards: ISO 14001:2015 frame work and benefits, Scope and
goal of Life Cycle Analysis (LCA),
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-4
Resources and its Utilisation: Basic concepts of Conventional and non-conventional energy, General
idea about solar energy, Fuel cells, Wind energy, Small hydro plants, bio-fuels,
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-5
Sustainability Practices:Basic concept of sustainable habitat, Methods for increasing energy
efficiency in buildings, Green Engineering, Sustainable Urbanization, Sustainable cities, Sustainable
transport
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

10
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing
marks in SEE is 40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not
less than 50% (50 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and
SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
1. Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
2. Two assignments each of 20 MarksoroneSkill Development Activity of 40 marksto attain
the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50
marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as
per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

1. The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be
proportionately reduced to 50.
2. The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
3. Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four
sub-questions) from each module.
4. Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
5. The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each
module
.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Allen, D .T. and Shonnard, D .R., Sustainability Engineering: Concepts, Design and case
studies, Prentice Hall
2. Bradley, A.S; Adebayo, A.O; Maria, P, Engineering applications in sustainable design and
development, Cengage learning.
3. Environmental Impact assessment guidelines, Notification of Govt of India, 2006.
4. Mackenthun, K M; Basic concepts in Environmental management, Lewis publication, London
1998
5. Ni bin Chang, Systems analysis for sustainable engg Theory and applications, Mcgraw Hill
professional.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

● VTU e-Shikshana Program

● VTU EDUSAT Program
Skill Development Activities Suggested
● Case study
● Quizzes
● Assignments
● Seminars
11
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to :

Sl. Description Blooms

No. Level
CO1 Understand the relevance and the concept of sustainability and the global
initiatives in this direction
CO2 Explain the different types of environmental pollution problems and their
sustainable solutions
CO3 Discuss the environmental regulations and standards
CO4 Outline the concepts related to conventional and non-conventional energy
CO5 Demonstrate the broad perspective of sustainable practices by utilizing
engineering knowledge and principles

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. Description POs
No.
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and development 1
work to solve practical problems.
2 An ability to write and present a substantial technical report/document. 2
3 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the area as 3
per the specialization of the program. The mastery should be at a level higher
than the requirements in the appropriate bachelor program.
4 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical 4
engineering systems using modern tools and techniques.
5 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental 5
investigations on Industrial and societal problems to provide sustainable
solutions.

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 1 2 3 3 2
CO2 3 3 1 3 1
CO3 1 2 1 3 2
CO4 3 3 1 3 1
CO5 1 3 1 2 1
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

12
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

RAPID PROTOTYPING
Course Code 22MMD/MPD/MAU/MPE/MDE/MEA
/MSE/MTE/MPY/MPM322
CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week (L:P:SDA) 2:0:2 SEE Marks 50

Total Hours of Pedagogy 25 theory + 10-12 activates Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning objectives:
1. Describe product development, conceptual design and classify rapid prototyping systems;
explain stereo lithography process and applications
2. Applying of measurement and scaling technique for prototype manufacturing.
3. Identify The process photopolymers, photo polymerization, layering technology, laser and
laser scanning
MODULE-1(5 Hours)
Introduction: Need for the compression in product development, history of RP systems, Survey of
applications, Growth of RP industry, and classification of RP systems.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

MODULE-2(5 Hours)
Stereo Lithography Systems: Principle, Process parameter, Process details, Data preparation, data
files and machine details, Application, Selective Laser Sintering and Fusion Deposition
Modeling: Type of machine, Principle of operation, process parameters, Data preparation for SLS,
Applications, Principle of Fusion deposition modeling, Process parameter, , Applications.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

MODULE-3(5 Hours)
Solid Ground Curing: Principle of operation, Machine details, Applications. Laminated Object
Manufacturing: Principle of operation, LOM materials. Process details, application.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

MODULE-4(5 Hours)
Rapid Tooling: Indirect Rapid tooling -Silicone rubber tooling – Aluminum filled epoxy tooling
Spray metal tooling, Cast kirksite, 3Q keltool,
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

MODULE-5(5 Hours)
Direct Rapid Tooling Direct. AIM, Quick cast process, Copper polyamide, Rapid Tool, DMILS,
Prometal, Sand casting tooling, Laminate tooling soft Tooling vs. hard tooling.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

13
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing
marks in SEE is 40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not
less than 50% (50 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and
SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
1. Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
2. Two assignments each of 20 MarksoroneSkill Development Activity of 40 marks to attain
the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50
marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as
per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be
proportionately reduced to 50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four
sub-questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each
module
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Paul F. Jacobs ,“Stereolithography and other RP&M technologies- from rapid prototyping to
rapid tooling”, - Dearborn, Mich. : Society of Manufacturing Engineers in cooperation with
the Rapid Prototyping Association of SME ; New York : ASME Press .1996
2. Rapid Manufacturing - Flham D.T &Dinjoy S.S - Verlog London2001.
3. Rapid automated - Lament wood - Indus press NewYork (4)Wohler's Report 2000 - Terry
Wohlers - Wohler's Association -2000
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
● Rapid Manufacturing https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/112/104/112104265/

● VTU e-Shikshana Program

● VTU EDUSAT Program
Skill Development Activities Suggested
● Quizzes
● Assignments
● Seminars
● Case study

14
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to :

Sl. Description Blooms

No. Level
CO1 Describe product development, conceptual design and classify rapid 2
prototyping systems; explain stereo lithography process and applications.

CO2 Explain direct metal laser sintering, LOM and fusion deposition modelling 2
processes.

CO3 Demonstrate solid ground curing principle and process. 4

CO4 Discuss LENS, BPM processes; point out the application of RP system in 3
medical field define virtual prototyping and identify simulation
components.
CO5 Understand the RP Process Optimizations. 2

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. No. Description POs
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and 1
development work to solve practical problems.
2 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the area 3
as per the specialization of the program.
3 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical 4
engineering systems using modern tools and techniques.

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 3 1 3
CO2 3 1 2
CO3 3 1 2
CO4 2 1 3
CO5 3 1 3
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

15
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
DESIGN OF EXPERIMENTS
Course Code 22MMD/MPD/MDE/MEA/MST/MPT
/323
CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week 2:0:2

SEE Marks 50
(L:P:SDA)
Total Hours of Pedagogy 25+10-12 Activities Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning objectives:
1. To develop an understanding of experimental methods and major experimental designs and think
critically about their proper application.
2. Write hypotheses that can be tested using experiments.
3. Be able to develop different types of experimental designs
MODULE-1(5 Hours)
Introduction: Strategy of Experimentation, Typical applications of Experimental design, Basic Principles,
Guidelines for Designing Experiments.

Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning
Process

MODULE-2(5 Hours)
Basic Statistical Concepts: Concepts of random variable, probability, density function cumulative
distribution function. Sample and population, Measure of Central tendency; Mean median and mode,
Measures of Variability, Concept of confidence level. Statistical Distributions: Normal, Log Normal
Illustration through Numerical examples.
Hypothesis testing, Probability plots, choice of sample size. Illustration through Numerical examples.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning
Process

MODULE-3(5 Hours)
Experimental Design: Factorial Experiments, factors, levels, interactions, treatment combination,
randomization, Two-level experimental designs for two factors and three factors. Three-level experimental
designs for two factors and three factors, Factor effects, Factor interactions,
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning
Process

MODULE-4(5 Hours)
Measures of variability, Ranking method, Column effect method & Plotting method, Analysis of variance
(ANOVA) in Factorial Experiments: YATE’s algorithm for ANOVA.

Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning
Process

MODULE-5(5 Hours)

16
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Regression analysis, Mathematical models from experimental data. Illustration through Numerical
examples.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning
Process

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing marks in SEE is
40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements
and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 50% (50 marks out of
100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
● Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
● Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks
to attain the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50 marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be proportionately reduced
to 50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four sub-
questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each module
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Montgomery, D. C. (2019). Design and Analysis of Experiments, 10th Edition, John Wiley & Sons.
st
2. John Lawson,"Design and Analysis of Experiments with R”, 1 Edition, Taylor and Francis, 2014.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

1. Design and Analysis of Experiments (https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_mg48/preview)
2. Sotware, JMP: https://www.jmp.com/en_ch/applications/design-of-experiments.html
3. R: https://www.r-project.org/
4. R Studio :https://posit.co/
Skill Development Activities Suggested
1. Implement the DoE techniques using R Software:

17
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to :
Sl. No. Description Blooms
Level
CO1 Describe the fundamentals of experiments and its uses 2
CO2 Apply of statistical models, ANOVA in analysing experimental data 3
CO3 Analyse the data and identify the significant factors which influence the 3
results

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. No. Description POs
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and 1
development work to solve practical problems.
2 An ability to write and present a substantial technical report/document. 2
3 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the 3
area as per the specialization of the program. The mastery should be at
a level higher than the requirements in the appropriate bachelor
program.
4 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical 4
engineering systems using modern tools and techniques.
5 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental 5
investigations on Industrial and societal problems to provide
sustainable solutions.

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 3 3 1 3 1
CO2 3 3 1 3 1
CO3 3 3 1 3 1
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

18
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

Professional Elective 4
DESIGN OF AEROSPACE STRUCTURES
Course Code 22MMD/MEA/MDE324 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week 3:0:0
SEE Marks 50
(L:P:SDA)
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning objectives:
1. To study basic concepts of aircraft structures & materials, and various types of loads acting on an
aircraft.
2. To understand concepts of open and closed thin walled beams.
3. To acquire the knowledge of buckling of plates, joints and fittings.
4. Comprehend the stress analysis on wings and fuselage.
MODULE-1(8 Hours)
Loads on Aircraft and Aircraft Materials:

Loads on Aircraft and Aircraft Materials Loads on Aircraft: Structural nomenclature, Types of loads,
load factor, Aerodynamics loads, Symmetric manoeuvre loads, Velocity diagram, Function of structural
components.

Aircraft Materials: Metallic and non-metallic materials, Use of Aluminum alloy, titanium, stainless steel
and composite materials. Desirable properties for aircraft application.

Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-2(8 Hours)
Bending of Open and Closed Thin Walled Beams:

Symmetrical bending, unsymmetrical bending, direct stress distribution due to bending, position of the
neutral axis, load intensity, shear force, and bending moment relationships, deflection due to bending,
calculation of section properties, approximation for thin-walled sections.

Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-3(8 Hours)
Shear and Torsion of Open and Closed Thin Walled Beams:

General stress, strain, and displacement relationship for open and single-cell closed section thin-walled
beams, shear of open section beams, shear centre, shear of closed section beams. Torsion of close section
beam, and displacement associated with the Bredt-Batho shear flow. Torsion of open section beam.
Combined bending, shear, torsion.

Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-4(8 Hours)

19
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Buckling of Plates, Joints and Fittings:

Buckling of Isotropic flat plates in compression, ultimate compressive strength of Isotropic flat sheet,
plastic buckling of flat sheet, columns subjected to local crippling failure, Needham & Gerard method for
determining crippling stress, curved sheets in compression, elastic buckling of curved rectangular plates.
Pure tension field beams, angle of diagonal tension in web. Joints and Fittings- bolted or riveted joints,
accuracy of fitting analysis, eccentrically loaded connections, welded joints, and concept of effective width.

Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-5(8 Hours)
Stress Analysis in Wing Spars and Box beams: Tapered wing spar, open and closed section beams,
beams having variable stringer areas, three- boom shell, torsion and shear, tapered wings, cut-outs in wings.

Stress Analysis in Fuselage Frames: Bending, shear, torsion, cut-outs in fuselages, principles of stiffeners
construction, fuselage frames, shear flow distribution.

Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing marks in SEE is
40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements
and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 50% (50 marks out of
100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
● Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
● Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks
to attain the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50 marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be proportionately reduced
to 50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four sub-
questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each module
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Megson, T. H. G., “Aircraft Structures for Engineering Students”, Edward Arnold, 1995, ISBN-10:
2. Peery D J & Azar J J, “Aircraft Structures”, McGraw Hill N.Y, 2nd edition,1993,
3. Bruhn E. F, “Analysis & Design of Flight Vehicles Structures”, Tri-State offset Co, USA, 1985, ISBN-
10:
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

20
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
1. Aircraft Structures - I, IIT Kharagpur (https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/101/105/101105084/)

Skill Development Activities Suggested

1. Industrial visit at any aerospace organization.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to :

Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Understand the various loads acting on aircraft. 2
CO2 Understand various types of materials used in aircraft configuration. 2
CO3 Apply the concept of thin walled beams. 3
CO4 Calculate the buckling of plates. 3
CO5 Analyze the stresses in wings and fuselage structures / frames. 4

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. Description POs
No.
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and development 1
work to solve practical problems.
2 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical 4
engineering systems using modern tools and techniques.
3 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental 5
investigations on Industrial and societal problems to provide sustainable
solutions.

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 1
CO3 2 2 1
CO4 2 2 1
CO5 1 3 3
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

21
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

22
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
INTRODUCTION TO ROBOTICS
Course Code CIE Marks 50
22MMD/MEA/MDE325

Teaching Hours/Week (L:P:SDA) 3:0:0 SEE Marks 50

Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning objectives:

● Develop the knowledge in various robot structures and their workspace.

● Develop the skills in performing kinematics analysis of robot systems.
● Provide the knowledge of the dynamics associated with the operation of robotic systems.
● Provide the knowledge and analysis skills associated with trajectory planning.
● Understand material handling and robot applications in industries.
MODULE-1(8 Hours)
Introduction: Automation and robotic, an over view of robotics, classification by coordinate system
and control systems; Components of the industrial robotics: Degrees of freedom, end effectors:
Mechanical gripper, magnetic, vacuum cup and other types of grippers, general consideration on
gripper selection and design.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-2(8 Hours)
Motion analysis: Basic rotation matrices, composite rotation matrices, Euler angles, equivalent
angle and axis, homogeneous transformation, problems; Manipulator kinematics: D-H notations,
joint coordinates and world 2 | P a g e coordinates, forward and inverse kinematics, problems.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-3(8 Hours)
Differential kinematics: Differential kinematics of planar and spherical manipulators, Jacobians
problems. Robot dynamics: Lagrange, Euler formulations, Newton-Euler formulations, problems on
planar two link manipulators.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-4(8 Hours)

Trajectory planning: Joint space scheme, cubic polynomial fit, avoidance of obstacles, types of
motion: Slew motion, joint interpolated motion, straight line motion, problems, Robot actuators and
feedback components; Actuators: pneumatic and hydraulic actuators.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-5(8 Hours)
Electric actuators: DC servo motors, stepper motors, feedback components: position sensors,
potentiometers, resolvers and encoders, velocity sensors, tactile sensor; Robot application in
manufacturing: Material handling, assembly and inspection.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

23
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing
marks in SEE is 40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 50% (50 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation)
and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
1. Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
2. Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks to attain
the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50
marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as
per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be
proportionately reduced to 50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four
sub-questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each
module
Suggested Learning Resources:

Books

1. Groover M. P, “Industrial Robotics”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 1st Edition, 2013.

2. J. J. Criag, “Introduction to Robotic Mechanics and Control”, Pearson, 3rd Edition, 2013.
3. Richard D. Klafter, “Robotic Engineering”, Prentice Hall, 1st Edition, 2013.
4. Fu K S, “Robotics”, McGraw-Hill, 1st Edition, 2013.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

● https://www.doc.ic.ac.uk/~ajd/Robotics/RoboticsResources/lecture1.pdf
● http://opencourses.emu.edu.tr/course/view.php?id=32
● https://www.researchgate.net/publication/277712686_Introduction_to_Robotics_class_notes_UG_leve
l
● http://www.robot.bmstu.ru/
● http://www.robotee.com/index.php/download-free-robotic-e-books/

24
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Skill Development Activities Suggested

● Quizzes
● Assignments
● Seminars
● Industrial Visit
● Case study

25
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to :

Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Understand characteristic features of robots and usage of different grippers 2
for industrial applications.
CO2 Understand direct and inverse kinematics of robot structure 2

CO3 Apply the concepts of Differential Kinematics of planar and spherical 3

manipulators.
CO4 Understand classification of robot actuators and trajectory planning. 2

CO5 Analyse material handling and applications in manufacturing. 4

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. Description POs
No.
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and development 1
work to solve practical problems.
2 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the area as per 3
the specialization of the program.
3 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical engineering 4
systems using modern tools and techniques.

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 2 1 2
CO2 3 1 3

CO3 3 1 3
CO4 2 1 2
CO5 3 1 3

Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

26
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

DESIGN AUTOMATION WITH IoT

Course Code 22MMD/MDE/MEA/MTR/MPM331 CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week (L:P:SDA) 2:0:2 SEE Marks 50

Total Hours of Pedagogy 25 + 10-12 Activities Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
1. To introduce students to the field of IoT
2. To familiarise students’ different types of sensors used in automation
3. To provide awareness about the applications of IoT
MODULE-1(5 Hours)
Introduction to IoT & Cyber-Physical Systems, IoT Enabling Technologies– Physical End points,
Network Services, Cloud. Different Levels of IoT Applications.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

MODULE-2(5 Hours)
Communication and networking technologies in IoT: Communication models, AdHoc. Industrial &
Automotive Networks, Vehicular networks
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

MODULE-3 (5 Hours)
Thermo resistive Sensors- Thermistors, Resistance Temperature Sensors, and Silicon Resistive
Sensors, Thermo electric sensors, PN junction temperature sensors, thermos mechanical sensors and
actuators. Photoelectric sensors, optical actuators.

Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

MODULE-4(5 Hours)
Mechanical Sensors and Actuators- force sensors, pressure sensors, Acoustic actuators, ultrasonic
sensors and actuators. MEMS and Smart sensors- pressure sensors, thermal and piezo electric
actuation, wireless sensors and actuators.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

MODULE 5(5 Hours)

IoT implementation in Transportation and logistics, Energy and utilities, Automotive Connected
supply chain, Plant floor control automation, remote monitoring.

Applications HCI and IoT world -Multilingual interactions Robotics and Autonomous Vehicles
Sensing and data processing-Simultaneous mapping and localization-Levels of autonomy, Smart
factories, Future research Challenges.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

27
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing marks in SEE is

28
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic
requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than
50% (50 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE
(Semester End Examination) taken together

CIE for the theory component of IPCC

1. Two Tests each of 20 Marks

2. Two assignments each of 10 Marks/One Skill Development Activity of 20 marks
3. Total Marks of two tests and two assignments/one Skill Development Activity added will be CIE for
60 marks, marks scored will be proportionally scaled down to 30 marks.

CIE for the practical component of IPCC

 On completion of every experiment/program in the laboratory, the students shall be evaluated

and marks shall be awarded on the same day. The15 marks are for conducting the experiment
and preparation of the laboratory record, the other 05 marks shall be for the test conducted at
the end of the semester.
 The CIE marks awarded in the case of the Practical component shall be based on the continuous
evaluation of the laboratory report. Each experiment report can be evaluated for 10 marks.
Marks of all experiments’ write-ups are added and scaled down to 15 marks.

 The laboratory test at the end /after completion of all the experiments shall be conducted for 50
marks and scaled down to 05 marks.
Scaled-down marks of write-up evaluations and tests added will be CIE marks for the laboratory
component of IPCC for 20 marks.

.
SEE for IPCC
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the course (duration 03 hours)

 The question paper will be set for 100 marks and marks scored will be scaled down proportionately
to 50 marks.
 The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.

 There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
 The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

The theory portion of the IPCC shall be for both CIE and SEE, whereas the practical portion will
have a CIE component only. Questions mentioned in the SEE paper shall include questions from
the practical component).

 The minimum marks to be secured in CIE to appear for SEE shall be the 15 (50% of maximum
marks-30) in the theory component and 10 (50% of maximum marks -20) in the practical
component. The laboratory component of the IPCC shall be for CIE only. However, in SEE, the
questions from the laboratory component shall be included. The maximum of 04/05 questions to
29
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
be set from the practical component of IPCC, the total marks of all questions should not be more
than the 20 marks.

30
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

 SEE will be conducted for 100 marks and students shall secure 40% of the maximum marks to
qualify in the SEE. Marks secured will be scaled down to 50. (Student has to secure an aggregate
of 50% of maximum marks of the course(CIE+SEE)
Suggested Learning Resources:

Books

1. Adrian McEwan and Hakim Cassimally, “Designing the internet of things”, Wiley, 2013

2. Vijay Madisetti and Arshdeep Bahga,“Internet of Things (A Hands-on-Approach)”,1st Edition,VPT, 2014.

3. N. Ida, Sensors, Actuators and Their Interfaces, Scitech Publishers, 2014.

4. Dr. Guillaume Girardin , Antoine Bonnabel, Dr. Eric Mounier, 'Technologies & Sensors for the Internet of Things
Businesses & Market Trends 2014 - 2024',YoleDéveloppement Copyrights ,2014

5. Jacob Fraden, (2010), Handbook of Modern Sensors, 5th Edition, Springer.

6. Jan Holler, Vlasios Tsiatsis, Catherine Mulligan, Stamatis Karnouskos, Stefan Avesand, David

7. Boyle, “From Machine-to-Machine to the Internet of Things -Introduction to a New Ageo Intelligence” Elsevier
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 VTU e-Shikshana Program

 VTU EDUSAT Program
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 Quizzes
 Assignments
 Seminars
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to :

Sl. Description Blooms

No. Level
CO1 Understand the principles of manufacturability and design for manufacture 2
CO2 Design casting for economic production. 4

CO3 Understand the concept of easy assembly, based on rules of DFMA to 2

reduce the time of assembly.
CO4 Redesign the parts for easy manufacturing based on rules of DFMA to 4
reduce the time of manufacturing and enhance cost effectiveness.
CO5 Design guidelines and background for powder metallurgy parts and 5
reviewing of formed parts.

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. No. Description POs
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and 1
development work to solve practical problems.
2 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the area 2
as per the specialization of the program.

31
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5
3 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental 5
investigations on Industrial and societal problems to provide sustainable
solutions.

32
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 3 2 1
CO2 1 2 1
CO3 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 1
CO5 3 2 1

Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

33
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

REVERSE ENGINEERING
Course Code 22MMD/MDE/MEA332
CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week 3:0:0

SEE Marks 50
(L:P:SDA)
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03

Course Learning objectives:

This course will enable students to
1. Understand basic engineering systems.
2. Understand the terminologies related to re-engineering, forward engineering, and reverse engineering.
3. Understand Reverse Engineering methodologies.
4. Understand Reverse engineering of Systems, Mechanical RE, Electronic RE, and Computer RE
MODULE-1(8 Hours)
Introduction to Reverse Engineering: Introduction, What Is Reverse Engineering?, Why Use Reverse
Engineering?, Reverse Engineering–The Generic Process, Phase 1–Scanning, Phase 2–Point Processing,
Phase 3–Application Geometric Model Development.

Methodologies and Techniques for Reverse Engineering: Computer-aided Reverse Engineering,

Computer Vision and Reverse Engineering, Structured-light Range Imaging, Scanner Pipeline.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-2(8 Hours)
Reverse Engineering–Hardware and Software: Introduction, Reverse Engineering Hardware, Reverse
Engineering Software.
Selecting a Reverse Engineering System: The Selection Process, Some Additional Complexities, Point
Capture Devices, Triangulation Approaches, “Time-of-flight” or Ranging Systems, Structured-light and
Stereoscopic Imaging Systems, Issues with Light-based Approaches, Tracking Systems, Internal
Measurement Systems, Destructive Systems, Some Comments on Accuracy, Positioning the Probe, Post-
processing the Captured Data, Handling Data Points, Curve and Surface Creation, Inspection
Applications, Manufacturing Approaches.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-3(8 Hours)
Introduction to Rapid Prototyping: The Basic Process, Current Techniques and Materials, Applications,
Future.
Relationship Between Reverse Engineering and Rapid Prototyping: Introduction, The Adaptive
Slicing Approach for Cloud Data Modeling, Planar Polygon Curve Construction for a Layer,
Determination of Adaptive Layer Thickness, Some Application Examples.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-4(8 Hours)

34
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

Reverse Engineering in the Automotive Industry: Introduction, Reverse Engineering– Workflow for
Automotive Body Design, Reverse Engineering for Better Quality, A Look Ahead–Convergence of
Digital and Physical Worlds.
Reverse Engineering in the Aerospace Industry:Introduction,RE in Aerospace–A Work in
Progress,Reducing Costs of Hard Tooling,Inspection in Half the Time,Making the Next Great Leap.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-5(8 Hours)
Reverse Engineering in the Medical Device Industry:Introduction,Orthodontics Without Wires and
Brackets,Improving the Scanning Process,The Six-stage Process,Achievement,Digital Dentistry Becomes
Reality,Hearing Instruments Meet the Digital Age,Reverse Engineering–A Better Knee Replacement,The
Quest for a Total Artificial Heart,Moving Toward Mass Customization.
Barriers to Adopting Reverse Engineering:Background,The Research Model,Research
Methodology,Factor Analysis Approach,Findings.
Legal Aspects of Reverse Engineering:Introduction,Copyright Law,Reverse Engineering,Recent Case
Law.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing marks in SEE is
40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements
and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 50% (50 marks out of
100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
● Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
● Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks
to attain the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50 marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be proportionately reduced
to 50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four sub-
questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each module
Suggested Learning Resources:

35
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

Books
1. Vinesh Raja and Kiran J. Fernandes (Eds.),” Reverse Engineering : an industrial perspective.”, Springer
series in advanced Manufacturing, Springer-Verlag London Limited 2008.
2. Wego Wang,Reverse Engineering Technology of Reinvention,CRC Press, 2011.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

1. Rapid Manufacturing (http://www.nitttrc.edu.in/nptel/courses/video/112104265/L12.html)

2. UltimakerCura Software: https://ultimaker.com/software/ultimaker-cura
3. PreForm Software: https://formlabs.com/asia/software/
4. Invesalius Software: https://invesalius.github.io/download.html
Skill Development Activities Suggested
1. Explore the software mentioned above and try to some slicing operations of the available CAD models

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to :
Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Understand the Reverse Engineering (RE) Methodology 4
CO2 Disassemble products and specify the interactions between its subsystems 2
and their functionality
CO3 Understand Computer-Aided RE and Rapid Prototyping Technology 3
CO4 Experiments with open-source software used in RE 2

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. Description POs
No.
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and development 1
work to solve practical problems.
2 An ability to write and present a substantial technical report/document. 2
3 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the area as per 3
the specialization of the program.
4 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical engineering 4
systems using modern tools and techniques.

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 1 3 1 3
CO2 3 3 1 2
CO3 1 3 1 2
CO4 1 2 1 1
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

36
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

OPTIMIZATION THROUGH MATLAB

Course Code 22MMD/MDE/MEA333

CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week 2:2:0

SEE Marks 50
(L:P:SDA)
Total Hours of Pedagogy 25+ 10 Labs Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03

Course Learning objectives:

1. To understand basic engineering optimization techniques and their applications.
2. To introduce the mathematical preliminaries required for optimization.
3. To understand basic linear and nonlinear programming techniques.
4. To understand multi-objective optimization techniques.
5. To understand linear and nonlinear integer programming techniques.
6. To understand various MATLAB programs for solving linear & nonlinear programming problems,
multi-objective optimization problems, and integer programming problems.

MODULE-1(5 Hours)

Introduction: Introduction, historical development, engineering applications of optimization, statement of

an optimization problem, classification of optimization problems, optimization techniques. Solution of
optimization problem using MATLAB.

Mathematical Preliminaries: Overview, vectors and geometry – dot product, equation of a line, equation
of a plane; basic linear algebra: preliminary definitions, matrix operations, determinants, inverse,
eigenvalues, eigenvectors, positive definiteness; basic calculus: types of functions, derivative, integration
and taylor series; optimization basics.

Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-2(5 Hours)
Linear Programming: Overview, basics of linear programming (LP), single objective optimization,
solution approaches: analytical, numerical, experimental and graphical.

Simplex Methods: Standard form, Gauss Jordan elimination, reducing to row echelon form, the basic
solution; duality; simplex algorithm. Solving LP problems using MATLAB.

Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-3(5 Hours)
Nonlinear Programming with No Constraints: Overview, necessary and sufficient conditions, single
variable optimization, multivariable optimization. MATLAB solutions.

Nonlinear Programming with Constraints: Overview, structure of constrained optimization, elimination

method, penalty methods, Karush-Kuhn-Tucker conditions, sequential linear programming, sequential
quadratic programming. MATLAB solutions.

37
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-4(5 Hours)

Multiobjective Optimization: Overview, the multiobjective problem definition, pareto optimal solution,
the weighted sum method, compromise programming, generating the pareto frontier with MATLAB,
reaching a target - goal programming, expressing a preference – physical programming. Multiobjective
optimization using MATLAB optimization toolbox.

Physical Programming for Multiobjective Optimization: Overview, linear physical programming (LPP),
nonlinear physical programming (NPP), comparison of LPP with goal programming.

Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-5(5 Hours)

Integer Programming: Introduction, integer linear programming – graphical representation, Gomory’s

cutting plane method; integer nonlinear programming – integer polynomial programming, branch-and-
bound method, sequential linear discrete programming, generalized penalty function method. Solution of
binary programming problem using MATLAB.

Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing marks in SEE is
40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements
and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 50% (50 marks out of
100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
● Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
● Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks
to attain the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50 marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be proportionately reduced
to 50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four sub-
questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each module

38
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. S.S. Rao, “Engineering Optimization – Theory and Practice”, 4th edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,
2009, ISBN 978-0-470-18352-6.
2. Achille Messac, “Optimization in Practice with MATLAB”, Cambridge University Press, 2015, ISBN
978-1-107-10918-6.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. Optimization, IIT Kharagpur (https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111105039)

Skill Development Activities Suggested

1. Development of MATLAB application for solving basic optimization problems.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Define optimization terminology &concepts, and classify an optimization 2
problem.
CO2 Understand basic mathematical concepts needed for solving optimization 3
problems.
CO3 Apply mathematical concepts and optimization techniques to solve linear & 3
nonlinear programming problems, multiobjective optimization problems, and
integer programming problems.
CO4 Solve linear & nonlinear programming problems, multiobjective optimization 3
problems, and integer programming problems using MATLAB.
Program Outcome of this course
Program Outcome of this course
Sl. Description POs
No.
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and development 1
work to solve practical problems.
2 An ability to write and present a substantial technical report/document. 2
3 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the area as per 3
the specialization of the program.
4 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical engineering 4
systems using modern tools and techniques.
5 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental investigations on 5
Industrial and societal problems to provide sustainable solutions.

39
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 1 3 1 2 2
CO2 2 3 1 3 3
CO3 1 3 1 2 2
CO4 1 3 1 2 2
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

40
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

INTRODUCTION TO HYBRID AND ELECTRIC VEHICLES

Course Code 22MMD/MDE/MAU/MEA334

CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week 3:0:0

SEE Marks 50
(L:P:SDA)
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03

Course Learning objectives:

1. Explain the basics of electric and hybrid electric vehicles, their architecture, technologies and
fundamentals.
2. Analyze various electric drives suitable for hybrid electric vehicles.
3. Discuss different energy storage technologies used for hybrid electric vehicles and their control.
4. Demonstrate different configurations of electric vehicles and its components, hybrid vehicle
configuration by different techniques, sizing of components and design optimization and energy
management.

MODULE-1(8 Hours)

Introduction to Hybrid Electric Vehicles: History of hybrid and electric vehicles, social and
environmental importance of hybrid and electric vehicles, impact of modern drive-trains on energy
supplies.

Conventional Vehicles: Basics of vehicle performance, vehicle power source characterization,

transmission characteristics, mathematical models to describe vehicle performance.

Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-2(8 Hours)
Hybrid Electric Drive-trains: Basic concept of hybrid traction, introduction to various hybrid drive-train
topologies, power flow control in hybrid drive-train topologies, fuel efficiency analysis.

Electric Drive-trains: Basic concept of electric traction, introduction to various electric drive-train
topologies, power flow control in electric drive-train topologies, fuel efficiency analysis.

Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-3(8 Hours)
Electric Propulsion unit: Introduction to electric components used in hybrid and electric vehicles,
Configuration and control of DC Motor drives, Configuration and control of Induction Motor drives,
configuration and control of Permanent Magnet Motor drives, Configuration and control of Switch
Reluctance Motor drives, drive system efficiency.

Energy Storage: Introduction to Energy Storage Requirements in Hybrid and Electric Vehicles, Battery
based energy storage and its analysis, Fuel Cell based energy storage and its analysis, Super Capacitor
based energy storage and its analysis, Flywheel based energy storage and its analysis, Hybridization of
different energy storage devices.

41
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-4(8 Hours)
Sizing the drive system: Matching the electric machine and the internal combustion engine (ICE), Sizing
the propulsion motor, sizing the power electronics, selecting the energy storage technology,
Communications, supporting subsystems

Energy Management Strategies: Introduction to energy management strategies used in hybrid and electric
vehicles, classification of different energy management strategies, comparison of different energy
management strategies, implementation issues of energy management strategies.

Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-5(8 Hours)

Case Studies: Design of a Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV), Design of a Battery Electric Vehicle (BEV).

Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing marks in SEE is
40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements
and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 50% (50 marks out of
100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
● Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
● Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks
to attain the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50 marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be proportionately reduced
to 50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four sub-
questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each module
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Iqbal Hussein, Electric and Hybrid Vehicles: Design Fundamentals, CRC Press, 2003.
2. Mehrdad Ehsani, Yimi Gao, Sebastian E. Gay, Ali Emadi, Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric and Fuel
Cell Vehicles: Fundamentals, Theory and Design, CRC Press, 2004.
3. James Larminie, John Lowry, Electric Vehicle Technology Explained, Wiley, 2003.
42
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

1. Introduction to Hybrid and Electric Vehicles - Web course
https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/108/103/108103009/
2. Introduction to Hybrid Electric Vehicle Systems PD291809
(https://www.sae.org/learn/content/pd291809/)
3. Electric Vehicle Engineering Course (https://neat.aicte-india.org/course-
details/NEAT2020627_PROD_1)
4. Electric Vehicles (https://www.aicte-india.org/sites/default/files/Model_Curriculum/fINAL%20-
%20NEP%202020%20Model%20Syllabus%20for%20Open%20Electives%20in%20Electric%20Vehi
cles.pdf )
Skill Development Activities Suggested
1. Simulate the electric vehicle in MATLAB/SCILAB modules
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Explain the basics of electric and hybrid electric vehicles, their architecture, 1
technologies andfundamentals.
CO2 Explain the use of different energy storage devices used for hybrid electric 2
vehicles, theirtechnologies and control and select appropriate technology
CO3 Interpret working of different configurations of electric vehicles and its 4
components, hybridvehicle configuration, performance analysis and Energy
Management strategies in HEVs.
Program Outcome of this course
Program Outcome of this course
Sl. Description POs
No.
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and development 1
work to solve practical problems.
2 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the area as per 3
the specialization of the program.

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 1 1
CO2 1 1
CO3 1 1
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

43
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

3D PRINTING
Course Code 22MMD/MEA/MDE335
CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week 3:0:0

SEE Marks 50
(L:P:SDA)
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03

Course Learning objectives:

This course will enable students to
1. Understand basic Additive Manufacturing and 3D Printing
2. Understand the terminologies related to 3D Printing and allied technologies
3. Understand the materials and methods used in 3D printing
MODULE-1(8 Hours)
Introduction: The World of 3DP, Growth of RP and 3DP Systems, Current Popular 3D Printers,
Applications in Education and Industry.
How Does 3D Printing Work?: 3D Printing and Conventional Manufacturing, Basics of 3D Printing
Process, Problems with the STL File Format, Other Translators, Future Manufacturing Format
Developments, Case Study: Design and Printing of Eye Bracket.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-2(8 Hours)
Design of a 3D Printer: Necessary Parts, Functional Description and Design Analysis, Build Process,
Future Improvements.
Calibrating the 3D Printer: Introduction, Types of 3D Printing Software, 3D Printer Software
Configuration Using Marlin, The First Print.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-3(8 Hours)
Materials for 3D Printing: Types of Materials, Liquid-Based Materials, Solid-Based Materials, Powder-
Based Materials, Common Materials Used in 3D Printers, Materials Selection Considerations
Classifications of Rapid Prototyping and 3D Printing Systems: FDM Systems, SLA Systems, SLS
Systems, Thermal Inkjet Printing Systems, Comparisons between Printing Processes.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-4(8 Hours)
Scanning and Reverse Engineering: Measuring Devices, CAD Model Construction from Point Clouds,
Data Handling and Reduction Methods, Applications of RE, Case Studies- Recreation of Mechanical Parts
and RE Prosthetics.
Common Applications of 3D Printers:Modeling Software, Design and 3D Printing of an Everyday Bottle
Opener, Design and 3D Printing of a Flower Vase, Recreation of Human Face Using Reverse Engineering,
Recreation of Human Fingers for Accident Victims.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-5(8 Hours)

44
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

3D Printing in Medicine: Medical Applications of 3DP, Types of Medical Imaging, Software for Making
Medical Models, Materials for Medical Applications, Methodology for Printing Medical Models, Benefits
of 3DP in Medicine, 3D Printing of a C1 Vertebrate from CT Scan Data,
How to Select Rapid Prototyping and 3D Printer: Choosing 3D Printer, Operating Issues, Accessing
3DP and RP Systems, Development of an Expert System, Present and Future Trends.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing marks in SEE is
40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements
and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 50% (50 marks out of
100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
● Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
● Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks
to attain the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50 marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be proportionately reduced
to 50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four sub-
questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each module
Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. Rafiq Noorani,"3D Printing: Technology, Applications, and Selection", CRC Press, 2018
2. Ben Redwood, FilemonSchöffer& Brian Garret, "The 3D Printing Handbook - Technologies, Design, and
Applications", 3D Hubs, 2017
3. Joan Horvath, "Mastering 3D Printing- Modeling, Printing, and Prototyping with REPRAP-STYLE 3D
printers", Apress.
4. Ian Gibson, David Rosen, and Brent Stucker, Additive Manufacturing Technologies: Rapid Prototyping to
Direct Digital Manufacturing, Springer, New York, NY, 2015.
5. Kumar, L. Jyothish, Pulak M. Pandey, and David Ian Wimpenny, eds. 3D printing and additive
manufacturing technologies. Singapore: Springer, 2019.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

1. Rapid Manufacturing (http://www.nitttrc.edu.in/nptel/courses/video/112104265/L12.html)
2. Rapid Manufacturing (https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_me50/preview )
3. Fundamentals of Additive Manufacturing Technologies
(https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_me115/preview )
4. UltimakerCura Software: https://ultimaker.com/software/ultimaker-cura
5. PreForm Software: https://formlabs.com/asia/software/
6. Invesalius Software: https://invesalius.github.io/download.html

45
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

Skill Development Activities Suggested

1. Explore the software mentioned above and try to some slicing operations of the available CAD models
2. Generate a small 3D Model using a 3D Printer
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to :
Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Explain the 3D Printing fundamentals, methods and methodologies. 4
CO2 Take a sample 3D CAD Model and convert it to an input required for 3D 2
printing machine.
CO3 Select appropriate 3D printer and Rapid Prototyping Technology. 3

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. Description POs
No.
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and development 1
work to solve practical problems.
2 An ability to write and present a substantial technical report/document. 2
3 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the area as per 3
the specialization of the program.
4 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical engineering 4
systems using modern tools and techniques.

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 3 3 1 2
CO2 1 3 1 1
CO3 1 3 1 2
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

46
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

PROJECT WORK PHASE – 1

Course Code 22MDE34 CIE Marks 100
Number of contact Hours/Week 0-6-0 SEE Marks --
Credits 03 Exam Hours --
Course objectives:
 Support independent learning.
 Guide to select and utilize adequate information from varied resources maintaining ethics.
 Guide to organize the work in the appropriate manner and present information (acknowledging the sources)
clearly.
 Develop interactive, communication, organisation, time management, and presentation skills.
 Impart flexibility and adaptability.
 Inspire independent and team working.
 Expand intellectual capacity, credibility, judgement, intuition.
 Adhere to punctuality, setting and meeting deadlines.
 Instil responsibilities to oneself and others.
 Train students to present the topic of project work in a seminar without any fear, face audience confidently, enhance
communication skill, involve in group discussion to present and exchange ideas.

Project Phase-1: The project work shall be carried out individually. However, in case a disciplinary or interdisciplinary
project requires more participants, then a group consisting of not more than three shall be permitted.
Students in consultation with the guide/co-guide (if any) in disciplinary project or guides/co-guides (if any) of all
departments in case of multidisciplinary projects, shall pursue a literature survey and complete the preliminary
requirements of the selected Project work. Each student shall prepare a relevant introductory project document, and
present a seminar.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Demonstrate a sound technical knowledge of their selected project topic.
 Undertake problem identification, formulation, and solution.
 Design engineering solutions to complex problems utilising a systems approach.
 Communicate with engineers and the community at large in written an oral forms.
 Demonstrate the knowledge, skills and attitudes of a professional engineer.
Continuous Internal Evaluation
 CIE marks shall be awarded by a committee comprising of HoD as Chairman, all Guide/s and co-guide/s (if
any) and a senior faculty of the concerned departments. The CIE marks awarded for project work phase -1,
shall be based on the evaluation of Project Report, Project Presentation skill, and performance in the Question-
and-Answer session in the ratio of 50:25:25.
 There will be no SEE.

47
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

INTERNSHIP
Course Code 22MDEI36 CIE Marks 50
Number of contact Hours/Week 6 Weeks SEE Marks 50
Credits 06 Exam Hours 03
Course Objectives:
Internship/Professional practice provide students the opportunity of hands-on experience that include personal
training, time and stress management, interactive skills, presentations, budgeting, marketing, liability and risk
management, paperwork, equipment ordering, maintenance, responding to emergencies etc.
The objectives are further,
 To put theory into practice.
 To expand thinking and broaden the knowledge and skills acquired through course work in the field.
 To relate to, interact with, and learn from current professionals in the field.
 To gain a greater understanding of the duties and responsibilities of a professional.
 To understand and adhere to professional standards in the field.
 To gain insight to professional communication including meetings, memos, reading, writing, public speaking,
research, client interaction, input of ideas, and confidentiality.
 To identify personal strengths and weaknesses.
 To develop the initiative and motivation to be a self-starter and work independently.
Internship: Students under the guidance of internal guide/s and external guide shall take part in all the activities regularly to
acquire as much knowledge as possible without causing any inconvenience at the place of internship.
Each student, is required to
 Present the seminar on the internship orally and/or through power point slides.
 Answer the queries and involve in debate/discussion.
 Submit the report duly certified by the external guide.
 The participants shall take part in discussion to foster friendly and stimulating environment in which the students are
motivated to reach high standards and become self-confident.
Course outcomes:
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Gain practical experience within industry in which the internship is done.
 Acquire knowledge of the industry in which the internship is done.
 Apply knowledge and skills learned to classroom work.
 Develop a greater understanding about career options while more clearly defining personal career goals.
 Experience the activities and functions of professionals.
 Develop and refine oral and written communication skills.
 Identify areas for future knowledge and skill development.
 Expand intellectual capacity, credibility, judgment, intuition.
 Acquire the knowledge of administration, marketing, finance and economics.
Continuous Internal Evaluation
CIE marks for the Internship report, presentation and question and answer session shall be awarded in the ratio of 50:25:25 for
the total CIE of 50 marks by the committee constituted for the purpose by the Head of the Department. The committee shall
consist of three faculty from the department with committee comprising of HoD as Chairman, all Guide/s and co-guide/s
(if any) and a senior faculty of the concerned departments.
Semester End Examination
SEE marks for the internship report (30 marks), seminar (20 marks) and question and answer session (10 marks) shall be
awarded in the ratio of 50:25:25 for the total SEE of 50 marks (based on the quality of report and presentation skill,
participation in the question and answer session) by the examiners appointed by the University.

48
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

IV SEMESTER
PROJECT WORK PHASE -2
Course Code 22MDE41 CIE Marks 100
Number of contact Hours/Week 8 Hours/Week SEE Marks 100
Credits 18 Exam Hours 03
Course Objectives:
 To support independent learning.
 To guide to select and utilize adequate information from varied resources maintaining ethics.
 To guide to organize the work in the appropriate manner and present information (acknowledging the sources)
clearly.
 To develop interactive, communication, organisation, time management, and presentation skills.
 To impart flexibility and adaptability.
 To inspire independent and team working.
 To expand intellectual capacity, credibility, judgement, intuition.
 To adhere to punctuality, setting and meeting deadlines.
 To instill responsibilities to oneself and others.
 To train students to present the topic of project work in a seminar without any fear, face audience confidently, enhance
communication skill, involve in group discussion to present and exchange ideas.
Project Work Phase - II: Students in consultation with the guide/co-guide (if any) in disciplinary project or guides/co-
guides (if any) of all departments in case of multidisciplinary projects, shall continue to work of Project Work phase -
1to complete the Project work. Each student / batch of students shall prepare project document, and present a seminar.
CIE marks shall be awarded by a committee comprising of HoD as Chairman, all Guide/s and co-guide/s (if any) and a
senior faculty of the concerned departments. The CIE marks awarded for project work phase -2, shall be based on the
evaluation of Project Report, Project Presentation skill, and performance in the Question-and-Answer session in the ratio
of 50:25:25.
SEE shall be at the end of IV semester. Project work evaluation and Viva-Voce examination (SEE), after satisfying the
plagiarism check, shall be as per the University norms.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Present the project and be able to defend it.
 Make links across different areas of knowledge and to generate, develop and evaluate ideas and information so as to
apply these skills to the project task.
 Habituated to critical thinking and use problem solving skills
 Communicate effectively and to present ideas clearly and coherently in both the written and oral forms.
 Work in a team to achieve common goal.
 Learn on their own, reflect on their learning and take appropriate actions to improve it.

49
10.08.2023
04082023
 20.06.2023

28102022/V5

50
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

VISVESVARAYA TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, BELAGAVI.

Scheme of Teaching and Examinations and Syllabus

M. Tech., Machine Design (MMD)
(Effective from the Academic year 2022-23)
(For Affiliated Colleges)

Registrar,
Visvesvaraya Technological University
JnanaSangam, Machhe, Belagavi-590018
eMail: registrar@vtu.ac.in
contact: 0831-2498112

10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

VISVESVARAYA TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, BELAGAVI

Scheme of Teaching and Examinations – 2022
M. Tech., Machine Design (MMD)
Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) and Outcome Based Education(OBE)
II SEMESTER
Teaching Hours /Week Examination

Skill Development
Practical/ Seminar
Course Title

Duration in hours
Course Code

Tutorial/

Activities

Total Marks

Credits
Course

SEE Marks
CIE Marks
Theory
Sl. No

L P T/SDA
1 PCC 22MMD/ME Advanced Machine Design 02 00 02 03 50 50 100 3
2 IPCC A21
22MMD/ME Advanced Finite Element 03 02 00 03 50 50 100 4
A/MDE22 Methods & Applications
3 PEC 22MMD23x Professional Elective 1 02 00 02 03 50 50 100 3
4 PEC 22MMD24x Professional Elective 2 02 00 02 03 50 50 100 3
5 MPS 22MMD25 Mini Project with Seminar 00 04 02 -- 100 -- 100 3
6 PCCL 22MMDL26 Finite ElementMethods 01 02 00 03 50 50 100 02
Laboratory
7 AUD/ 22AUD27 Suggested ONLINE courses Classes and evaluation procedures are as per the policy of the PP
AEC online course providers.
TOTAL 10 08 08 15 350 250 600 18
Note: PCC: Professional core courses, PEC: Professional Elective Courses, IPCC-Integrated Professional Core Courses. MPS-Mini Project With Seminar;
AUD/AEC; Audit Courses / Ability Enhancement Courses ( Mandatory), PCCL-Professional Core Course lab, L-Lecture, P-Practical, T/SDA-Tutorial / Skill
Development Activities(Hours are for Interaction between faculty and students)

Professional Elective 1 Professional Elective 2

Course Code under Course title Course Codeunder Course title
22MMD23X 22MMD24X
22MMD/MEA/MDE/MST Optimization Techniques 22MMD/MEA/MDE24 Mechatronics System Design
231
22MMD/MEA/MDE232 Fracture Mechanics 1
22MMD/MEA/MDE24 Mechanical Behaviour of Materials
22MMD/MEA/MDE233 Computer Aided Geometric Design 2
22MMD/MEA/MDE24 Basics of Machine Learning
Fatigue and Failure Analysis 3
22MMD/MEA/MDE24 Design for Manufacturing and
22MMD/MEA/MDE234
4 Assembly
Stress Analysis 22MPD/MAU/MDE/M Industry 4.0
22MMD/MEA/MDE235 EA/MMD/MTP/MPY/
MIA/MAR/CAE/MPE/
Note:
1 Mini Project with Seminar: This may be hands-on practice, survey report, data collection and analysis, coding, mobile app development, field
visit and report preparation, modelling of system, simulation, analysing and authenticating, case studies, etc.
CIE marks shall be awarded by a committee comprising of HoD as Chairman, Guide/co-guide, if any, and a senior faculty of the department.
Students can present the seminar based on the completed mini-project. Participation in the seminar by all postgraduate students of the program shall
be mandatory.

The CIE marks awarded for Mini-Project work and Seminar shall be based on the evaluation of Mini Project work and Report, Presentation skill
and performance in Question and Answer session in the ratio 50:25:25. Mini-Project with Seminar shall be considered as a head of passing and
shall be considered for vertical progression as well as for the award of degree. Those, who do not take-up/complete the Mini Project and Seminar
shall be declared as fail in that course and have to complete the same during the subsequent semester. There is no SEE for this course.

2. Internship: All the students shall have to undergo a mandatory internship of 06 weeks during the vacation of II and III semesters. A University
examination shall be conducted during III semester and the prescribed internship credit shall be counted in the same semester. The internship shall
be considered as a head of passing and shall be considered for vertical progression as well as for the award of degree. Those, who do not take-
up/complete the internship shall be declared as fail in the internship course and have to complete the same during the subsequent University
examination after satisfying the internship requirements.

2
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

Program Outcomes (POs)

1. PO1: An ability to independently carry out research /investigation and development

work to solve practical problems.

2. PO2: An ability to write and present a substantial technical report/document.

3. PO3: Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the area as per
the specialization of the program.
4. PO4: Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical engineering systems using
modern tools and techniques.
5. PO5: Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental investigations on Industrial and
societal problems to provide sustainable solutions

3
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

II SEMESTER

4
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
ADVANCED MACHINE DESIGN
Course Code 22MMD/MEA21 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:P:SDA) 02:00:02 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 25 + 10-12 Activities Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning objectives:
The students will be able to:
1. Outline the basic philosophy of machine design
2. Compute the required load under various practical conditions
3. Apply the various static load based theories of failures
4. Apply the various fatigue load based theories of failures
MODULE-1(5 Hours)
Introduction to Mechanical Engineering Design: Design and Mechanical Engineering Design,
Phases and Interactions of the Design Process, Design Tools and Resources, The Design Engineer’s
Professional Responsibilities, Standards and Codes, Stress and Strength, Design Factor and Factor
of Safety, Reliability, Dimensions and Tolerances, Calculations and Significant Figures.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

MODULE-2(5 Hours)
Load Determination: Loading Classes, FBDs, Load Analysis, 2D Static Loading Case Studies, 3D
Static Loading Case Studies, Impact Loading, Beam Loading.

Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

MODULE-3(5 Hours)
Stress and Strain: Stress, Strain, Principal Stress, Plane Stress and Plane Strain, Mohr's Circle,
Applied Versus Principal Stresses, Axial Tension, Direct Shear Stress, Bearing Stress and Tearout,
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

MODULE-4(5 Hours)
Deflection:Beams and Bending Stresses, Deflection in Beams, Torsion, Combined Stresses, Spring
Rates, Stress Concentration, Stresses in Cylinders, Case Studies In Static Stress And Deflection
Analysis.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

MODULE-5(5 Hours)
Static Failure Theories: Failure of Ductile Materials, Failure of Brittle Materials, Case Studies:
Bicycle Brake Lever, Crimping Tool, Automobile Scissors- jack, Bicycle Brake Arm.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

5
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Learning Process

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing
marks in SEE is 40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not
less than 50% (50 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and
SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
1. Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
2. Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks
to attain the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50
marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as
per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
 The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be proportionately
reduced to 50.
 The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
 Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four sub-
questions) from each module.
 Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
 The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each module
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Robert L. Norton, Machine design - An Integrated Approach, 4th Edition, Prentice- Hall, 2011
2. R G Budynas, and J K Nisbett, Shigley's Mechanical Engineering Design, 9th Edition, McGraw
Hill,2011

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

1. https://www.machinedesign.com/
2. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/112/105/112105125/
3. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/112/105/112105124/

Skill Development Activities Suggested

1. Write a small C Program to design a shaft for both static and dynamic loading
2. Compute the fatigue life of simple rod subject to constant amplitude load in a commercial
software
3. Learn the usage of MSC Fatigue Module of NASTRAN

6
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to :
Sl. No. Description Blooms
Level
CO1 Define basic philosophies used in Machine Design 2
CO2 Design and Analyse any geometrically well-defined component 4
subjected to static loading

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. No. Description POs
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and 1
development work to solve practical problems.
2 An ability to write and present a substantial technical report/document. 2
3 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the area as 3
per the specialization of the program.
4 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical 4
engineering systems using modern tools and techniques.
5 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental 5
investigations on Industrial and societal problems to provide sustainable
solutions.

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 3 3 1 1 1
CO2 3 2 1 3 1
CO3 3 2 1 2 1
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

7
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

ADVANCED FINITE ELEMENT METHODS AND APPLICATIONS

Course Code 22MMD/MEA/MDE22
CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week (L:P:SDA) 03:02:00 SEE Marks 50

Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 hours Theory + 10-12 Lab slots Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
1. Introduce basic aspects of finite element technology, including domain discretization,
polynomial interpolation, application of boundary conditions, assembly of global arrays, and
solution of the resulting algebraic systems.
2. Discuss the use of finite element methods in engineering problem-solving drawing from
applications in solid mechanics and other engineering Domains.
3. Familiarize students with professional-level finite element software.
4. To define, derive and assemble stiffness matrices for spring element, truss element, beam
elements, Plane Stress element.
5. To be familiar with the idea of Isoparametric formulation for various FE Elements
6. FE Formulation of Axisymmetric and Solid Elements.
MODULE-1 (8 Hours)
Mathematical Preliminaries: Principle of Virtual Work, General steps of the Finite Element
Method.

Introduction to the Stiffness (Displacement) Method: Definition of the Stiffness Matrix,

Derivation of the Stiffness Matrix for a Spring Element, Example of a Spring Assemblage,
Assembling the total Stiffness Matrix by Superposition Method, Boundary Conditions, Potential
Energy Approach to Derive Spring Element Equations.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-2(8 Hours)
Development of Truss Equations: Derivation of the Stiffness Matrix for a Bar Element in Local
Coordinates, Selecting a Displacement Function, Transformation of vectors in Two Dimensions,
Global Stiffness Matrix for Bar Arbitrarily Oriented in the Plane, Computation of Stress for a Bar in
the x – y Plane, Solution of a Plane Truss, Transformation Matrix and Stiffness Matrix for a Bar in
three-Dimensional space, Use of symmetry in Structures, Inclined Supports, Potential Energy
Approach to Derive Bar Element Equations, Galerkin’s Residual Method and its Use to Derive the
One-Dimensional Bar Element Equations, Other Residual Methods and their application to a One-
Dimensional bar problem.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-3 (8 Hours)

8
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Development of Beam Equations: Beam stiffness, Example of Assemblage of Beam Stiffness
Matrices, Examples of Beam analysis Using the Direct stiffness Method, Distributed Loading, Beam
Element with Nodal Hinge, Potential Energy Approach to Derive Beam Element Equations,
Galerkin’s Method for Deriving Beam Element Equations.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-4 (8 Hours)
Development of the Plane Stress and Plane Strain Stiffness Equations: Basic Concepts of Plane
Stress and Plane Strain, Derivation of the Constant-Strain triangular Element Stiffness Matrix and
Equations, Treatment of body and Surface Forces, Explicit Expression for the Constant-Strain
Triangle Stiffness Matrix, Finite Element Solution of a Plane Stress Problem, Rectangular Plane
Element (bilinear rectangle, Q4).

Development of the Linear Strain Triangle Equations: Derivation of the Linear-Strain Triangular
Element Stiffness Matrix and Equations, Example LST Stiffness Determination, Comparison of
Elements.
Axisymmetric Elements: Derivation of the stiffness Matrix, Solution of an Axisymmetric pressure
vessel.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-5 (8 Hours)
Isoparametric Formulation: Isoparametric Formulation of the Bar Element Stiffness Matrix,
Isoparametric Formulation of the plane Quadrilateral (Q4) Element Stiffness Matrix, Newton-Cotes
and Gaussian Quadrature, Evaluation of the Stiffness Matrix and Stress Matrix by Gaussian
Quadrature, Higher-Order Shape Functions (including Q6, Q8,Q9, and Q12 Elements).

Three-Dimensional Stress Analysis: Three-Dimensional Stress and Strain, Tetrahedral element,

Isoparametric Formulation and Hexahedral element.

Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

PRACTICAL COMPONENT OF IPCC

Sl.NO. Experiments
1 𝑑2 𝑢
Solve (with MATLAB), the ODE using the weak formulation (FEM/MATLAB): 𝑎 𝑑𝑥 2 +
𝑑𝑢
𝑏 𝑑𝑥 + 𝑐𝑢 = 𝑓(𝑥), 0 < 𝑥 < 𝐿 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 𝐵𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑑𝑎𝑟𝑦 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑠: 𝑢(0) = 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑢(𝐿) = 0 take
a=1, b=-3, c=2 and f(x)=1. Take domain size as 1 (i.e. L=1) and take Five linear elements of
equal size.

9
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
2 𝑑2 𝑢
Solve (with MATLAB), the ODE using the weak formulation (FEM/MATLAB): 𝑎 𝑑𝑥 2 +
𝑑𝑢 𝑑𝑢
𝑏 + 𝑐𝑢 = 𝑓(𝑥), 0 < 𝑥 < 𝐿 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 𝐵𝑜𝑢𝑛𝑑𝑎𝑟𝑦 𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑠: 𝑢(0) = 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 (1) = 0
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
take a=1,b=-3, c=2 and f(x)=1. Take domain size as 1(i.e. L=1) and take Five linear
elements of equal size.
3 Solve using MATLAB, the Laplace equation representing two dimensional steady-state
problems using both linear triangle elements with the given boundary conditions:
𝜕 2𝑢 𝜕 2𝑢
+ = 0 𝑓𝑜𝑟 0 < 𝑥 < 5 𝑎𝑛𝑑 0 < 𝑦 < 10.
𝜕𝑥 2 𝜕𝑦 2
The boundary conditions are u(x, 0) =0 for 0<x<5, u(0,y)=0 for 0<y<10,
𝜕𝑢(5,𝑦)
u(x,10)=100sin(ϖx/10) for 0<x<5, and =0 for 0<y<10.
𝜕𝑥
4 Solve the problem 3 using the bilinear rectangular elements with other conditions remaining
same.
5 Write a MATLAB program to Use Gauss-Legendre quadrature for integration of
𝑓(𝑥, 𝑦) = 1 + 4𝑥𝑦 − 3𝑥 2 𝑦 2 + 𝑥 4 𝑦 6 over the domain -1<x<1 and -1<y<1. Use 3-point
quadrature rule along the x-axis and 4-point quadrature rule along y-axis.
6 Determine the natural frequency of a free bar (Fixed at one end and free at other) using the
finite element method. The bar has Young’s Modulus of 200 GPa, Cross-sectional area of
0.001 m2 , Density of 7860 Kg/m3 and Length of 4 m.
7 Write a MATLAB program to perform stress analysis of a cantilever beam subjected to end
load using two dimensional Isoparametric elements assuming plane stress condition. Model
the beam using ten four-node quadrilateral elements.
8 Write a generalised MATLAB Code that can solve any two dimensional truss structure to
find member forces.
9 Make a report of available 1D, 2D and 3D Elements in a commercial FE Software.
10 Make a report of the practical aspects to be considered while generating a mesh in
commercial software.
Demonstration Experiments
11 Solve a problem of a Cantilever beam subjected to end point load in a commercial software
to find out its displacements and stresses
12 Write a script in commercial software to automate the above problem for various
dimensions and material properties.

10
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing
marks in SEE is 40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not
less than 50% (50 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and
SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together

CIE for the theory component of IPCC

● Two Tests each of 20 Marks
● Two assignments each of 10 Marks/One Skill Development Activity of 20 marks
● Total Marks of two tests and two assignments/one Skill Development Activity added will be CIE
for 60 marks, marks scored will be proportionally scaled down to 30 marks.

CIE for the practical component of IPCC

● On completion of every experiment/program in the laboratory, the students shall be evaluated and
marks shall be awarded on the same day. The15 marks are for conducting the experiment and
preparation of the laboratory record, the other 05 marks shall be for the test conducted at the end of
the semester.
● The CIE marks awarded in the case of the Practical component shall be based on the continuous
evaluation of the laboratory report. Each experiment report can be evaluated for 10 marks. Marks of
all experiments’ write-ups are added and scaled down to 15 marks.
● The laboratory test at the end /after completion of all the experiments shall be conducted for 50 marks
and scaled down to 05 marks.
Scaled-down marks of write-up evaluations and tests added will be CIE marks for the laboratory
component of IPCC for 20 marks.
.
SEE for IPCC
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the course (duration 03 hours)
● The question paper will be set for 100 marks and marks scored will be scaled down
proportionately to 50 marks.
● The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.
● There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
● The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

The theory portion of the IPCC shall be for both CIE and SEE, whereas the practical portion
will have a CIE component only. Questions mentioned in the SEE paper shall include questions
from the practical component).
nimum marks to be secured in CIE to appear for SEE shall be the 15 (50% of maximum marks-30) in the
omponent and 10 (50% of maximum marks -20) in the practical component. The laboratory component
PCC shall be for CIE only. However, in SEE, the questions from the laboratory component shall be
. The maximum of 04/05 questions to be set from the practical component of IPCC, the total marks of all
ons should not be more than the 20 marks.
will be conducted for 100 marks and students shall secure 40% of the maximum marks to qualify in the
Marks secured will be scaled down to 50. (Student has to secure an aggregate of 50% of maximum marks
ourse(CIE+SEE)

11
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Daryl L. Logan, “A First Course in the Finite Element Method”, 6 Edition, Cengage Learning,
th

2017.
2. Jacob Fish and Ted Belytschko, “A First Course in Finite Elements”, John Wiley & Sons, 2007
3. J. N. Reddy, “An Introduction to the Finite Element Method”, 3 Edition, Mc-Graw Hill, 2006
rd

4. Ferreira, Antonio & Fantuzzi, Nicholas., “MATLAB Codes for Finite Element Analysis: Solids
and Structures”, Springer, 2009.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. NOC: Finite Element Method: Variational Methods to Computer Programming, IIT Guwahati
(https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112103295)
2. NOC:Basics of Finite Element Analysis - II, IIT Kanpur (https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112104205)
3. Abaqus FEA Tutorial Videos (https://www.youtube.com/user/AbaqusPython)
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
1. Write MATLAB/ SCILAB programs to Analyse the 1D,2D, and 3D Finite Elements.
2. Practice the Modelling, Meshing, and Analysis of simple structures in commercial software and
compare the results with closed form solutions.
3. Take an open source FE Software, Compile, and generate an executable file.
4. Understand and summarise the format of the input ASCII files generated by commercial meshing
software for any well know FE Solver.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to :
Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Understand the Basis of formulation of Finite Element Methods 2
CO2 Formulate the complete FE Formulation for 1D, 2D, and 3D Elements 3
CO3 Evaluate various boundary conditions in the FE Application 5
CO4 Write a computer program to analyse a simple Truss structure 3

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. No. Description POs
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and 1
development work to solve practical problems.
2 An ability to write and present a substantial technical report/document. 2
3 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the 3
area as per the specialization of the program. The mastery should be at
a level higher than the requirements in the appropriate bachelor
program.
4 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical 4
engineering systems using modern tools and techniques.
5 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental 5
investigations on Industrial and societal problems to provide
sustainable solutions.

12
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 3 1 1 3 3
CO2 3 2 1 3 3
CO3 3 3 1 3 2
CO4 1 3 1 1 1

Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

13
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Professional Elective 1
OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES
Course Code 22MMD/MEA/MDE/MST231
CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week 2:0:2

SEE Marks 50
(L:P:SDA)
Total Hours of Pedagogy 25 +10-12 Activities Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning objectives:
1. Enumerate the fundamental knowledge of Linear Programming and Dynamic Programming
problems.
2. Learn classical optimization techniques and numerical methods of optimization.
3. Know the basics of different evolutionary algorithms.
4. Explain Integer programming techniques and apply different optimization techniques to solve
various models arising from engineering areas
MODULE-1 (5 Hours)
Liner Programming (LP): Revised Simplex Method, Duel simplex Method, Sensitivity Analysis
Dynamic Programming (DP): Multistage decision processes. Concepts of sub optimization, Recursive
Relation-calculus method, tabular method, LP as a case of D.P
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-2 (5 Hours)
Classical Optimization Techniques:Single variable optimization without constraints,Multi variable
optimization without constraints, multivariable optimization with constraints method of Lagrange
multipliers, Kuhn-Tucker conditions.
Numerical Methods For Optimization: Nelder Mead’s Simplex search method, Gradient of a function,
Steepest descent method, Newton’s method
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-3 (5 Hours)
Modern methods of optimization:
Genetic Algorithm (GA): Differences and similarities between conventional and evolutionary algorithms,
working principle, Genetic Operators- reproduction, crossover, mutation.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-4 (5 Hours)
Genetic Programming (GP): Principles of genetic programming, terminal sets, functional sets, differences
between GA & GP, Random population generation.
Fuzzy Systems: Fuzzy set Theory, Optimization of Fuzzy systems
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-5 (5 Hours)

14
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Integer Programming: Graphical Representation, Gomory’s Cutting Plane Method, Balas’ Algorithm for
Zero–One Programming, Branch-and-Bound Method.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing marks in SEE is
40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements
and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 50% (50 marks out of
100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
● Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
● Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks
to attain the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50 marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be proportionately reduced to
50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four sub-
questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each module
.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Singiresu S. Rao,” Engineering Optimization Theory and Practice”, 4th Edition, John Wiley, 2009
2. Kalyanmoy Deb,Optimization forEngineering Design Algorithms and Examples,2nd Edition, PHI Learning
Private Limited, New Delhi, 2012
3. David E. Goldberg,"Genetic Algorithms in Search, Optimization and Machine Learning", Addison-
Wesley Longman Publishing Co., Inc, 1989
4. Frederick Hillier and Gerald Lieberman, "Introduction to Operations Research", 11th Edition, Tata Mc
Graw Hill, 2021,
5. Jasbir S. Arora, "Introduction to Optimum Design", McGraw - Hill College, 1988
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
● Optimization Toolbox (https://in.mathworks.com/products/optimization.html)
● S.N. Sivanandam, S.N. Deepa ,Principles of Soft Computing, 2nd Edition ,2011
● Principle of Soft computing (https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105173/ )

Skill Development Activities Suggested

1. One or two exercises of Optimization using MATLAB/Python.

15
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to :
Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Apply the fundamental knowledge of Linear Programming and Dynamic 3
Programming problems.
CO2 Use classical optimization techniques and numerical methods of 3
optimization.
CO3 Enumerate fundamentals of Integer programming technique and apply GA 3
and Fuzzy techniques to solve various problems in engineering areas.

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. No. Description POs
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and 1
development work to solve practical problems.
2 An ability to write and present a substantial technical report/document. 2
3 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the 3
area as per the specialization of the program. The mastery should be at
a level higher than the requirements in the appropriate bachelor
program.
4 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical 4
engineering systems using modern tools and techniques.
5 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental 5
investigations on Industrial and societal problems to provide
sustainable solutions.

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 3 - 1 1 1
CO2 3 - 1 3 1
CO3 3 - 1 3 2
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

16
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
FRACTURE MECHANICS
Course Code 22MMD/MEA/MDE232
CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week 3:0:0

SEE Marks 50
(L:P:SDA)
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning objectives:
1. To discuss presence of various flaws in a body
2. To study different methods of identifying them non-destructively
3. To study the linear elastic fracture parameters such as Energy Release Rate and Stress Intensity Factor.
4. Discuss the elasto-plastic fracture parameters such as CTOD and J-Integral
MODULE-1(8 Hours)
Introduction to Fracture Mechanics: Kinds of Failure, Historical Aspects, Brittle and Ductile Fracture,
Modes of Fracture Failure, How Potent is a Crack?, Point of View, Damage Tolerance.
Crack Detection through Non-Destructive Testing: Examination through Human Senses, Liquid
Penetration Inspection, Ultrasonic Testing, Radiographic Imaging, Magnetic Particle Inspection.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-2(8 Hours)
Energy Release Rate: Griffith's Dilemma, Surface Energy, Griffith's Realization, Griffith's Analysis,
Energy Release Rate, Energy Release Rate of DCB Specimen, Anelastic Deformation at Crack-tip, Crack
Resistance, Stable and Unstable Crack Growth, R-curve for Brittle Cracks, Thin Plate vs Thick Plate,
Critical Energy Release Rate.

Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-3(8 Hours)
Stress Intensity Factor:Stress and Displacement Fields in Isotropic Elastic Materials ,Stress Intensity
Factor,Background for Mathematical Analysis,Westergaard's Approach-Model (Opening Mode),Mode II
(Sliding Mode),Mode III (Tearing Mode).
SIF of More Complex Cases: Other Applications of Westergaard Approach, Application of the Principle
of Superposition, Crack in a Plate of Finite Dimensions, Edge Cracks, Embedded Cracks, The Relation
between GI and KI, Critical Stress Intensity Factor.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-4(8 Hours)

17
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Anelastic Deformation at the Crack Tip:Further Investigation at the Crack Tip Approximate Shape and
Size of the Plastic Zone,Effective Crack Length-Approximate Approach,The Irwin Plastic Zone
Correction,Plastic Zone Size through the Dugdale Approach. Effect of Plate Thickness.
J-Integral:Relevance and Scope,Definition of the J-Integral,Path Independence,Stress-Strain Relation,
Further Discussion on J-Integral-From a Designer's Point of View,Experiments to Determine the CriticalJ-
Integral,Comments on the Numerical Evaluation ofJ-Integral,Predicting Safety or Failure,Comments on the
Experimental Determination of the Toughness of Ductile Materials.

Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-5(8 Hours)
Crack Tip Opening Displacement: Introduction,Relationship between CTOD, KI and GI for Small Scale
Yielding,Equivalence between CTOD andJ.
Test Methods :KIC-Test Technique, Test Methods to Determine J IC, Test Methods to Determine GIC and
GIIC,DeterminationofCriticalCTOD
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing marks in SEE is
40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements
and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 50% (50 marks out of
100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
● Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
● Two assignments each of 20 MarksoroneSkill Development Activity of 40 marks
to attain the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50 marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be proportionately reduced
to 50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four sub-
questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each module
.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Prashant Kumar, “Elements Of Fracture Mechanics”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited,
2009
2. T. L. Anderson,” Fracture Mechanics: Fundamentals and Applications,”,3rd Edition. CRC Press, 2005

18
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. Introduction To Fracture Mechanics (https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/3-11-mechanics-of-materials-fall-
1999/resources/mit3_11f99_frac/)
2. Engineering Fracture Mechanics NPTEL (https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/112/106/112106065/

Skill Development Activities Suggested

● Learn to use fracture mechanics of software such as NASGRO (https://www.swri.org/consortia/nasgro),
AFGROW (https://www.afgrow.net/ ), FRANC3D (https://franc3d.in/)
● Study the ASTM Standards used to find various Fracture Parameters
● Write code to simulate the fatigue growthby fracture as in NASGRO.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to :
Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Compute elastic stress analysis of cracked bodies subjected to various static 3
loading and determine the expression for displacement, stress and strain.
CO2 Determine the expression for stress intensity factors for mode I mode II and 2
Mode III loading.
CO3 Evaluate fracture Toughness for metallic materials according to ASTM standard 3
testmethods.
CO4 Identify the elastic plastic fracture behaviour and fracture toughness values in 2
terms R, J, and CTOD.
CO5 Outline fatigue crack growth behaviour and crack growth laws and design 5
mechanical members and develop fracture control plan.

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. Description POs
No.
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and development 1
work to solve practical problems.
2 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental 5
investigations on Industrial and societal problems to provide sustainable
solutions.

19
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 1 1
CO2 1 3
CO3 1 1
CO4 1 1
CO5 1 1
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

20
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
COMPUTER AIDED GEOMETRIC DESIGN
Course Code 22MMD/MEA/MDE233
CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week 02:00:02

SEE Marks 50
(L:P:SDA)
Total Hours of Pedagogy 25 + 10-12 Activities Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning objectives:
1. To discuss the Mathematical techniques for the definition and manipulation of curves and surfaces.
2. To explore the various curves used in CAD.

MODULE-1(5 Hours)
Transformations of the Plane: Introduction, Translations, Scaling about the Origin, Reflections,
Rotation about the Origin, Shears, Concatenation of Transformations,Applications.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-2(5 Hours)
Homogeneous Coordinates and Transformations of the Plane: Introduction, Points at Infinity,
Visualization of the Projective Plane, Transformations in Homogeneous Coordinates, Concatenation of
Transformations , Applications, Point and Line Geometry in Homogeneous Coordinates.

Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-3(5 Hours)
Homogeneous Coordinates and Transformations of Space: Homogeneous Coordinates,
Transformations of Space, Applications, Geometric Methods for Lines and Planes in Space, Quaternions.

Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-4(5 Hours)
Projections and the Viewing Pipeline: Introduction, Projections of the Plane , Projections of Three-
dimensional Space, The View plane Coordinate Mapping, The Viewing Pipeline , Classification of
Projections.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-5(5 Hours)
Curves: Introduction, Curve Rendering, Parametric Curves, Arc length and Reparametrization,
Application: Numerical Controlled Machining and Offsets, Conics, Conics in Space, Applications of
Conics.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

21
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing marks in SEE is
40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements
and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 50% (50 marks out of
100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
● Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
● Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks
to attain the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50 marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be proportionately reduced
to 50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four sub-
questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each module
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Duncan Marsh, Applied Geometry for Computer Graphics and CAD, 2ndEdition, Springer-Verlag
London Limited 2005
2. Gerald Farin, Curves and Surfaces for Computer Aided Geometric Design, A Practical Guide.
Morgan Kaufmann, 5th ed., ISBN 1-55860-737-4, 2002.
3. Nicholas M. Patrikalakis and Takashi Maekawa, Shape Interrogation for Computer-Aided Design and
Manufacturing, Springer 2001.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. https://class236716.cs.technion.ac.il/lectures/
2. https://cs.ucdavis.edu/schedules-classes/ecs-278-computer-aided-geometric-design
Skill Development Activities Suggested
1. Writing MATLAB code to represent curves and surfaces
2. Codes to simulate geometric transformations
3. Code and operate the Bezier and other similar curves
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to :
Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Perform the basic transformations of geometrical objects 3
CO2 Operate in the homogeneous coordinate system 3
CO3 Define, Code and Use various curves 3

22
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. No. Description POs
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and 1
development work to solve practical problems.
2 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the 3
area as per the specialization of the program.
3 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical 4
engineering systems using modern tools and techniques.
5

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 3 1 3
CO2 1 3
CO3 3 2 3
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

23
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
FATIGUE AND FAILURE ANALYSIS
Course Code 22MMD/MEA/MDE234
CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week 2:0:2

SEE Marks 50
(L:P:SDA)
Total Hours of Pedagogy 25+10-12 Activities Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03

Course Learning objectives:

1. Introduce basic aspects of Fatigue and Failure.
2. Discuss the availability of various fatigue analysis methods that are used by professional.
3. Know the modifications required in case of mean stress and notches
4. To understand various cycle counting methods used in industries and in commercial software.
5. Familiarize with the fatigue of spot welds.
MODULE-1(5 Hours)
Fatigue Damage Theories:Fatigue damage mechanism, Cumulative damage models,Linear damage
models,Double linear damage rule by Manson and Halford.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-2(5 Hours)
Stress-Based Fatigue Analysis and Design:Introduction,The stress-life (S-N) and fatigue
limit testing, Estimated SN curve of a component based on ultimate tensile strength, Notch effect, Mean
stress effect,Combined proportional loads.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-3(6 Hours)
Strain-Based Fatigue Analysis and Design:Introduction, Experimental test program, Analysis of
monotonic and cyclic stress–strain behaviour of materials,Mean stress correction methods,Estimation of
cyclic and fatigue properties,Notch analysis.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-4(5 Hours)
Cycle Counting Techniques: One-parameter cycle counting methods,Two-parameter cycle counting
methods,Four-Point Cycle Counting Method,Reconstruction of a load-time history.

Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-5(4 Hours)
Fatigue of Spot Welds: Introduction, WeldSpecimen Testing for Fatigue life calculation.

Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

24
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing marks in SEE is
40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements
and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 50% (50 marks out of
100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
● Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
● Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks
to attain the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50 marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be proportionately reduced
to 50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four sub-
questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each module
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Yung-Li Lee, Jwo Pan, Richard Hathaway, Mark Barkey." Fatigue Testing and Analysis : Theory and
Practice“, Elsevier, 2005.
2. Julie A. Bannantine, Jess J. Comer, James L. Handrock,”Fundamentals of Metal Fatigue Analysis”,
Prentice Hall, 1990.
3. Ralph I. Stephens, Ali Fatemi, Robert R. Stephens, Henry O. Fuchs,”Metal Fatigue in Engineering”, John
Wiley & Sons, 2000.
4. Anderson T L, “Fracture Mechanics: Fundamentals and Applications”, 4th Edition, CRC Press, 2017.
5. ASTM Standard E399, “Standard Test Method for Linear-Elastic Plane-Strain Fracture Toughness KIc of
Metallic Materials,” ASTM International.
6. MSC Fatigue 2021.4 (Theory Guide): (https://www.mscsoftware.com)
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. Practical Fatigue Theory (Online) (https://www.ncode.com/services/training-courses/practical-fatigue-
theory-ncode-training-online)
2. Constant Amplitude Stress-Life Analysis ,(https://www.efatigue.com/constantamplitude/stresslife/#a)
3. Fatigue & Fracture Mechanics in FEA (https://www.nafems.org/training/e-learning/fatigue-fracture-fea/)
4. What is Fatigue Analysis? | MSC Nastran (https://simulatemore.mscsoftware.com/what-is-fatigue-
analysis-msc-nastran/)
Skill Development Activities Suggested
1. Run a MSC NASTRAN Fatigue Analysis
2. Try A sample Problem of Spot Welding in MSC Fatigue
3. Explore various Fatigue and Fracture software.

25
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to :
Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Correctly predict Fatigue life of metal components using Stress and Strain 3
life Methods.
CO2 Analyse the situation to apply appropriate fatigue failure method 3
CO3 Identify and describe the basic fatigue mechanisms. 2
CO4 Demonstrate the application of the methods for fatigue life of spot Weld 3

Program Outcome of this course

Program Outcome of this course
Sl. No. Description POs
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and 1
development work to solve practical problems.
2 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental 5
investigations on Industrial and societal problems to provide
sustainable solutions.

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 1 1
CO2 3 1
CO3 3 1
CO4 3 3
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

26
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
STRESS ANALYSIS
Course Code 22MMD/MEA/MDE235
CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week 2:0:2

SEE Marks 50
(L:P:SDA)
Total Hours of Pedagogy 25 + 10-12 Activities Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03

Course Learning objectives:

1. To understand concept of stress and strain analysis at a point.
2. To understand the various facets of elasticity problems
3. To study methods of analysis for beams stresses and strains
4. To study different techniques of stress analysis under energy methods
MODULE-1(5 Hours)
Analysis of Stress : Introduction , Analysis and Design, Conditions of Equilibrium , Definition and
Components of Stress, Internal Force Resultant and Stress Relations, Stresses on Inclined Sections,
Variation of Stress within a Body, Plane-Stress Transformation, Principal Stresses and Maximum In-Plane
Shear Stress, Mohr’s Circle for Two-Dimensional Stress, Three-Dimensional Stress Transformation,
Principal Stresses in Three Dimensions, Normal and Shear Stresses on an Oblique Plane, Mohr’s Circles in
Three Dimensions, Boundary Conditions in Terms of Surface Forces.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-2(5 Hours)
Strain and Material Properties: Introduction, Deformation, Strain Defined, Equations of Compatibility,
State of Strain at a Point, Engineering Materials, General Properties of Some Common Materials, Stress-
Strain Diagrams, Elastic versus Plastic Behavior, Hooke’s Law and Poisson’s Ratio, Generalized Hooke’s
Law, Orthotropic Materials, Measurement of Strain: Strain Gage, Strain Energy, Strain Energy in Common
Structural Members, Components of Strain Energy, Saint-Venant’s Principle.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-3(5 Hours)
Problems in Elasticity: Introduction, Fundamental Principles of Analysis, Plane Strain Problems, Plane
Stress Problems, Comparison of Two-Dimensional Isotropic Problems, Airy’s Stress Function, Solution of
Elasticity Problems, Thermal Stresses.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-4(5 Hours)
Failure Criteria: Static Loading: Failure by Yielding, Failure by Fracture, Yield and Fracture Criteria,
Maximum Shearing Stress Theory, Maximum Distortion Energy Theory, Octahedral Shearing Stress
Theory, Comparison of the Yielding Theories, Maximum Principal Stress Theory, Mohr’s Theory,
Coulomb–Mohr Theory.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-5(5 Hours)

27
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Bending of Beams: Exact Solutions - Pure Bending of Beams of Symmetrical Cross Section, Pure Bending
of Beams of Asymmetrical Cross Section, Bending of a Cantilever of Narrow Section, Bending of a Simply
Supported Narrow Beam, Approximate Solutions - Elementary Theory of Bending, Normal and Shear
Stresses, Effect of Transverse Normal Stress, Composite Beams, Shear Center.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing marks in SEE is
40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements
and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 50% (50 marks out of
100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
1. Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
2. Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks
to attain the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50 marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be proportionately reduced
to 50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four sub-
questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each module
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Ansel C. Ugural, Saul K. Fenster, “Advanced Mechanics of Materials and Applied Elasticity”, 6th Edition,
Pearson Education, 2020
2. S.P. Timoshenko and J.N. Goodier, “Theory of Elasticity,” McGraw-Hill, Third Ed., New York, (1970)
3. Arthur P. Boresi, Richard J. Schmidt,”Advanced Mechanics of Materials”, 6th Edition. Wiley, 2002
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. Strength of Materials :https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107146
2. Advanced Strength of Materials, https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112101095
3. Mechanics of Solids
:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=whB7IX3NQpg&list=PL4C9BB8DDD5D888A6
Skill Development Activities Suggested
1. Write a small application to display Mohr’s circle for a given stress condition and to find principal
stresses
2. Develop an application which can solve the displacement and stress of a beam for any end condition

28
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to :
Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Determine stress distribution along a component under different loading 3
conditions.
CO2 Solve real time problems subjected under bending. 3
CO3 Compute stresses developed in a member subjected to Torque 2
CO4 Apply some of basic energy methods to solve elasticity problems 3
Program Outcome of this course
Program Outcome of this course
Sl. No. Description POs
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and 1
development work to solve practical problems.
2 An ability to write and present a substantial technical report/document. 2
3 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the area 3
as per the specialization of the program. The mastery should be at a level
higher than the requirements in the appropriate bachelor program.
4 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical 4
engineering systems using modern tools and techniques.
5 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental 5
investigations on Industrial and societal problems to provide sustainable
solutions.

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 2 1 3 3
CO2 1 3 1 2 1
CO3 3 1 3 1
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

29
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

Professional Elective 2
MECHATRONICS SYSTEM DESIGN
Course Code 22MMD/MEA/MDE241
CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week 3:0:0

SEE Marks 50
(L:P:SDA)
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning objectives:
1. To educate the student regarding integration of mechanical electronics electrical and computer systems
in the design of CNC machine tools
2. To provide students with an understanding of the mechatronics design process actuators, sensors
transducers signal conditioning, MEMS and Microsystems
3. To introduce Advanced Application in mechatronics
MODULE-1
Definition and Introduction to Mechatronic System, Modeling&Simulation of Physical systems, Overview
of Mechatronic Products and their functioning, measurement systems, Control Systems, simple Controllers,
Study of Sensors and Transducers, Pneumatic and Hydraulic Systems, Mechanical Actuation System,
Electrical Actual Systems, Real time interfacing and Hardware components for Mechatronics.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-2
Electrical Actuation Systems: Electrical systems, Mechanical switches, Solid state switches, solenoids, DC
& AC motors, Stepper motors System Models, Mathematical models, mechanical system building blocks,
electrical system building blocks, thermal system building blocks, electromechanical systems, hydro-
mechanical systems, pneumatic systems.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-3
Signal Conditioning: Signal conditioning, the operational amplifier, Protection, Filtering, Wheatstone
Bridge, Digital signals Multiplexers, Data Acquisition, Introduction to digital system processing, pulse-
modulation. MEMS and Microsystems: Introduction, Working Principle, Materials for MEMS and
Microsystems, Micro System fabrication process, Overview of Micro Manufacturing, Micro system Design,
and Micro system Packaging.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-4
System model, Engineering systems, rotational-translational system, electromechanical systems, Hydraulic-
mechanical systems. Dynamics responses of systems, modelling dynamic systems, first order system,
second order system, performance measures for second – order systems. systems transfer functions, the
transfer function, first order systems second order systems, system in series,

30
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-5
Microprocessors, control, microprocessor systems, microcontrollers, applications, Assembly language,
languages, instruction sets, assembly language programs, C languages-Why C, Program structure, branched
and loops, arrays, pointers program developments.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing marks in SEE is
40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements
and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 50% (50 marks out of
100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
● Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
● Two assignments each of 20 MarksoroneSkill Development Activity of 40 marks
to attain the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50 marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be proportionately reduced
to 50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four sub-
questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each module
.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. W. Bolton, “Mechatronics” - Addison Wesley Longman Publication, 1999
2. HSU “MEMS and Microsystems design and manufacture”- Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2002
3. Kamm, “Understanding Electro-Mechanical Engineering an Introduction to Mechatronics”- IEEE
Press, 1 edition ,1996
4. Shetty and Kolk “Mechatronics System Design”- Cengage Learning, 2010
5. Mahalik “Mechatronics”- Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2003

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

1. Design of Mechatronic Systems (https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_me129/preview)
2. Virtual Laboratory, Ministry of Education, Government of India. (https://www.vlab.co.in/broad-area-
mechanical-engineering)

31
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Skill Development Activities Suggested
1. Try exploring various laboratories provided in Virtual Laboratory, Ministry of Education, Government
of India.
2. Write few assembly programmes targeted at any of the Intel microprocessors.

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to :
Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Describe mechatronic systems and overview of control systems & actuators 2
CO2 Identify and describe the different types of actuators used in mechatronics 2
systems
CO3 Differentiate between various sensors, transducers and actuators and their 4
application
CO4 Identify and describe the different types of speed and position-feedback devices 2
CO5 Relate various signal conditioning units, amplifiers, logic gates and their role in 4
programmable logic controllers
CO6 Discuss the importance of feedback in controlling physical systems with the use 2
of examples
CO7 Identify and describe the types of controllers used in mechatronics systems 2

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. Description POs
No.
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and development 1
work to solve practical problems.
2 An ability to write and present a substantial technical report/document. 2
3 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the area as 3
per the specialization of the program. The mastery should be at a level higher
than the requirements in the appropriate bachelor program.
4 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical 4
engineering systems using modern tools and techniques.
5 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental 5
investigations on Industrial and societal problems to provide sustainable
solutions.

32
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Mapping of COS and POs
Mapping of COs and POs
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 3 3 1 3 2
CO2 3 3 1 3 2
CO3 3 3 1 2 2
CO4 3 3 1 3 2
CO5 3 3 1 3 1
CO6 3 3 1 2 2
CO7 2 3 1 2 2
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

33
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
MECHANICAL BEHAVIOUR OF MATERIALS
Course Code 22MMD/MEA/MDE242
CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week 2:0:2

SEE Marks 50
(L:P:SDA)
Total Hours of Pedagogy 25 + 10-12 Activities Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning objectives:
1. To familiarize the concept of deformation mechanisms in single crystal and polycrystalline
materials.
2. To study strengthening mechanisms and mechanics of fracture in ductile and brittle materials
3. To study the fatigue and creep properties of materials under various conditions
4. To familiarize the various characterization techniques used to probe mechanical properties.
MODULE-1(5 Hours)
Plastic Deformation: Concepts of crystals, Plastic deformation by slip and twinning, Slip systems in FCC,
BCC and HCP lattices, Critical resolved shear stress for slip, Theoretical shear strength of solids, Stacking
faults and deformation bands.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning
Process

MODULE-2(5 Hours)
Dislocation Theory : Observation of dislocations, Climb and cross slip, Dislocations in FCC and HCP
lattice, Partial dislocations, Stress fields and energies of dislocations, Forces between dislocations,
Interaction of dislocations, Dislocation sources and their multiplications.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning
Process

MODULE-3(6 Hours)
Strengthening Mechanisms: Strengthening from grain boundaries, Grain size measurements, Yield point
phenomenon, Strain aging, Solid solution strengthening, Strengthening from fine particles, Fiber
strengthening, Cold working and strainhardening, Annealing of cold worked metal.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning
Process

MODULE-4(5 Hours)

Creep and Stress Rupture: Creep curve, Stress rupture test, Mechanism of creep deformation, Activation
energy for steady state creep, Superplasticity, Fracture at elevated temperature, Creep resistant alloys,
Creep under combined stresses.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning
Process

34
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
MODULE-5(4 Hours)
The Tension Test: Stress-strain curves, Instability in tension, Ductility measurement, Effect of strain rate,
temperature and testing machine on flow properties, Stress relaxation testing, Notch tensile test, Anisotropy
of tensile properties.
The Hardness Test:Brinnel, Rockwell and Vickers hardness, flow of metal under the indenter, relationship
between hardness and flow curve, micro hardness testing, Hardness at elevated temperatures.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning
Process

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing marks in SEE is
40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements
and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 50% (50 marks out of
100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
● Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
● Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks
to attain the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50 marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be proportionately reduced
to 50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four sub-
questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each module
.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Dieter M. George, Mechanical Metallurgy, McGraw- Hill Inc., 2001.
2. Richard W Hertzberg Deformation and fracture mechanics, John Wiley & Sons
3. Reed Hill and Robert E, Physical Metallurgy Principles, East West Press
4. Hyden W. M. Structure and properties of Materials, Vol. 3, McGraw Hill
.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

1. Mechanical Behavior of Materials https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_mm27/preview
2. Mechanical Behaviour of Materials https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_mm04/preview

35
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Skill Development Activities Suggested
1. Use a strain gage setup to estimate the strains at a surface point of a plate subjected to tensile loading
2. Identify and list the values of SN curves for various alloys of Steel and Aluminium
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to :

Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Explain the effect of dislocations and their interaction on the material strength 2
CO2 Apply the concept of fracture toughness to material failure 2
CO3 Carry out the Tensile test for a steel specimen 3

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. No. Description POs
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and 1
development work to solve practical problems.
2 An ability to write and present a substantial technical report/document. 2
3 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the area 3
as per the specialization of the program. The mastery should be at a level
higher than the requirements in the appropriate bachelor program.
4 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical 4
engineering systems using modern tools and techniques.
5 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental 5
investigations on Industrial and societal problems to provide sustainable
solutions.

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 3 1 3 1
CO2 3 1 2
CO3 1 1 3 1
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

36
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
BASICS OF MACHINE LEARNING
Course Code 22MMD/MEA/MDE243
CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week (L:P:SDA) 2:0:2 SEE Marks 50

Total Hours of Pedagogy 25 + 10-12 Activities Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning objectives:
1. To understand the basic theory underlying machine learning.
2. To be able to formulate machine learning problems corresponding to different applications.
3. To understand a range of machine learning algorithms along with their strengths and
weaknesses.
4. To be able to apply machine learning algorithms to solve problems of moderate complexity.
5. To apply the algorithms to a real-world problem, optimize the models learned and report on
the expected accuracy that can be achieved by applying the models.
MODULE-1(5 Hours)
Introduction to Machine Learning
Introduction, Components of Learning, Learning Models, Geometric Models, Probabilistic Models,
Logic Models, Grouping and Grading, Designing a Learning System, Types of Learning,
Supervised, Unsupervised, Reinforcement, Perspectives and Issues, Version Spaces, PAC Learning,
VC Dimension.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-2(5 Hours)
Supervised and Unsupervised Learning
Decision Trees: ID3, Classification and Regression Trees, Regression: Linear Regression, Multiple
Linear Regression, Logistic Regression, Neural Networks: Introduction, Perception, Multilayer
Perception, Support Vector Machines: Linear and Non-Linear, Kernel Functions, K Nearest
Neighbors. Introduction to clustering, K-means clustering, K-Mode Clustering.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-3(5 Hours)
Ensemble and Probabilistic Learning

Model Combination Schemes, Voting, Error-Correcting Output Codes, Bagging: Random Forest
Trees,
Boosting: Adaboost, Stacking.
Gaussian mixture models - The Expectation-Maximization (EM) Algorithm, Information Criteria,
Nearestneighbour methods - Nearest Neighbour Smoothing, Efficient Distance Computations: the
KD-Tree, Distance Measures.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-4(5 Hours)

37
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Reinforcement Learning and Evaluating Hypotheses
Introduction, Learning Task, Q Learning, Non deterministic Rewards and actions, temporal-difference
learning, Relationship to Dynamic Programming, Active reinforcement learning, Generalization in
reinforcement learning. Motivation, Basics of Sampling Theory: Error Estimation and Estimating
Binomial Proportions, The
Binomial Distribution, Estimators, Bias, and Variance
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-5(5 Hours)
Genetic Algorithms: Motivation, Genetic Algorithms: Representing Hypotheses, Genetic Operator,
Fitness Function and Selection, An Illustrative Example, Hypothesis Space Search, Genetic
Programming, Models of Evolution and Learning: Lamarkian Evolution, Baldwin Effect,
Parallelizing Genetic Algorithms.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing
marks in SEE is 40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not
less than 50% (50 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and
SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
● Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
● Two assignments each of 20 MarksoroneSkill Development Activity of 40 marksto attain
the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50
marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as
per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be
proportionately reduced to 50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four
sub-questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each
module

38
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Tom M. Mitchell , "Machine learning", McGraw Hill 1997
2. M. Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, Springer, 2006.
3. RajjanShinghal, "Pattern Recognition", Oxford Press, 2006.
4. EthemAlpaydin, "Introduction to machine learning", PHI learning, 2008.
5. Hastie, Tibshirani, Friedman, "The Elements of Statistical Learning", Springer 2001.
6. R.O. Duda, P.E. Hart and D.G. Stork, Pattern Classification, Wiley-Interscience, 2nd Edition,
2000.
7. T. Hastie, R. Tibshirani and J. Friedman, The Elements of Statistical Learning: Data Mining,
Inference and Prediction, Springer, 2nd Edition, 2009
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

● VTU e-Shikshana Program

● VTU EDUSAT Program
Skill Development Activities Suggested
● Quizzes
● Assignments
● Seminars
Activities
● Mini project on live working model/ Problems.
● Seminar
● Assignment
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to :
Sl. No. Description Blooms
Level
CO1 Choose the learning techniques with this basic knowledge 2
CO2 Apply effectively genetic algorithms for appropriate applications 3
CO3 Apply Bayesian techniques and derive effectively learning rules. 3
CO4 Choose and differentiate Clustering & Unsupervised Learning and Language 2
Learning

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. No. Description POs
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and 1
development work to solve practical problems.
2 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the area 3
as per the specialization of the program.
3 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical 4
engineering systems using modern tools and techniques.
4 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental 5
investigations on Industrial and societal problems to provide sustainable
solutions.
5

39
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 1 3 1
CO2 3 1 2 1
CO3 3 1 2 1
CO4 2 1 3 1
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

40
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
DESIGN FOR MANUFACTURING AND ASSEMBLY
Course Code 22MMD/MEA/MDE244
CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week (L:P:SDA) 2:0:2 SEE Marks 50

Total Hours of Pedagogy 25 hours + 10-12 activities Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
1. Understanding the basic rules for design for manufacturing and material selection.
2. Applying the guidelines for ease of design, manufacturing and assembly.
3. Analyze factors for selection of material and process, relationship to manufacturing processes
4. Apply the concepts of design for manufacturing and assembly for product manufacturing.
5. Compare various manufacturing processes and assembly techniques required for product
development to optimise the process.
MODULE-1(5 Hours)
Material and process selection – Introduction, Advantages of applying DFMA, General
requirements of early materials and process selection, Selection of Manufacturing processes,
Selection of materials. Engineering Design features. – Dimensioning, Tolerances, General
Tolerance, Geometric Tolerances,
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-2(5 Hours)
Assembly limits, Datum features.
Component design – Machining Considerations – Drills, Milling cutters, Drilling, Keyways,
Dowels, Screws, Reduction in machining areas, Simplification by separation and amalgamation,
work piece holding, surface grinding, Examples.

Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-3 (5 Hours)
Component design – Casting Considerations – Pattern, Mould, parting line, cast holes, machined
holes, identifying parting line, special sand cores, designing to obviate sand cores. Examples
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-4(5 Hours)
Design for Injectionmolding and Sheet metal working – Injection molding materials, Molding
cycle, Systems, molds, machine size, cycle time, Cost estimation, Insert molding, Design guidelines,
Introduction to sheet metalworking.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE 5(5 Hours)

Selective Assembly: Interchangeable part manufacture and selective assembly, deciding the
number of groups Group tolerance of Mating parts equal, Model total and group tolerances
of shaft equal. Control of axial play- Introducing secondary machining operations,
laminated shims, examples.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

41
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing
marks in SEE is 40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not
less than 50% (50 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and
SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
● Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
● Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks
to attain the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50
marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as
per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be proportionately
reduced to 50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four sub-
questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each module

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
● Product Design for Manufacture and Assembly – Geoffrey Boothroyd - Peter Dewhurst -
Winston Knight
● Designing for Manufacturing – Harry Peck - Pitman Publications – 1983
● Dimensioning and Tolerancing for Quantity Production – Merhyle F Spotts –Inc. Englewood
Cliffs - New Jersey - Prentice Hall, 5thedition.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
● VTU e-Shikshana Program
● VTU EDUSAT Program
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning
● Quizzes
● Assignments
● Seminars

42
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to :
Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Understand the principles of manufacturability and design for manufacture 2
CO2 Design casting for economic production. 4

CO3 Understand the concept of easy assembly, based on rules of DFMA to 2

reduce the time of assembly.
CO4 Redesign the parts for easy manufacturing based on rules of DFMA to 4
reduce the time of manufacturing and enhance cost effectiveness.
CO5 Design guidelines and background for powder metallurgy parts and 5
reviewing of formed parts.

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. No. Description POs
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and 1
development work to solve practical problems.
2 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the area 2
as per the specialization of the program.
3 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental 5
investigations on Industrial and societal problems to provide sustainable
solutions.

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 3 2 1
CO2 1 2 1
CO3 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 1
CO5 3 2 1
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

43
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
INDUSTRY 4.0
Course Code 22MPD/MAU/MDE/MEA/MMD/MTP
/MPY/MIA/MAR/CAE/MPE/MPM/M
CM245 CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week (L:P:SDA) 3:0:0 SEE Marks 50

Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning objectives:
● To impart basic idea in Industry 4.0.
● To provide students with good depth of knowledge of designing Industrial 4.0 Systems for
various application
● Learn the concepts of Robotics and Augmented Reality
MODULE-1(8 Hours)
Introduction to Industry 4.0: Introduction, core idea of Industry 4.0,origin concept of industry
4.0,Industry 4.0 production system, current state of industry 4.0, Technologies, How is India
preparing for Industry 4.0
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-2(8 Hours)
A Conceptual Framework for Industry 4.0: Introduction, Main Concepts and Components of
Industry 4.0, State of Art, Supportive Technologies, Proposed Framework for Industry 4.0.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-3(8 Hours)
Technology Roadmap for Industry 4.0: Introduction, Proposed Framework for Technology
Roadmap, Strategy Phase, Strategy Phase, New Product and Process Development Phase.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-4(8 Hours)

Advances in Robotics in the Era of Industry 4.0: Introduction, Recent Technological Components
of Robots- Advanced Sensor Technologies, Internet of Robotic Things, Cloud Robotics, and
Cognitive Architecture for Cyber-Physical Robotics, Industrial Robotic Applications- Manufacturing,
Maintenance and Assembly.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-5(8 Hours)
Obstacles and Framework Conditions for Industry 4.0 : Lack of A Digital Strategy alongside
Resource Scarcity, Lack of standards and poor data security, Financing conditions, availability of
skilled workers, comprehensive broadband infra- structure,
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

44
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing
marks in SEE is 40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not
less than 50% (50 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and
SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
1. Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
2. Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks to attain
the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50
marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as
per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be
proportionately reduced to 50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four
sub-questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each
module
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Alp Ustundag and Emre Cevikcan,”Industry 4.0: Managing the Digital Transformation”.
2. Bartodziej, Christoph Jan,”The Concept Industry 4.0”.
3. Klaus Schwab,”The Fourth Industrial Revolution”.
4. Christian Schröder,”The Challenges of Industry 4.0 for Small and Medium-sized Enterprises”.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

● VTU e-Shikshana Program

● VTU EDUSAT Program
Skill Development Activities Suggested
● Quizzes
● Assignments
● Seminars
● Industrial Visit
● Case study

45
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to :

Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Describe Industry 4.0 and scope for Indian Industry 2

CO2 Demonstrate conceptual framework and road map of Industry 4.0 3

CO3 Describe Robotic technology and Augmented reality for Industry 4.0 3

CO4 Demonstrate obstacle and framework conditions for Industry 4.0 4

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. Description POs
No.
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and development 1
work to solve practical problems.
2 An ability to write and present a substantial technical report/document. 2
3 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the area as per 3
the specialization of the program..

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 3 3 1
CO2 2 3 1
CO3 2 3 1
CO4 1 3 1
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

46
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

47
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
MINI PROJECT WITH SEMINAR
Course Code 22MDE25 CIE Marks 100
Number of contact Hours/Week 0-4-2 SEE Marks --
Credits 03 Exam Hours/Batch
--
Course objectives:
 To support independent learning and innovative attitude.
 To guide to select and utilize adequate information from varied resources upholding ethics.
 To guide to organize the work in the appropriate manner and present information (acknowledging the sources)
clearly.
 To develop interactive, communication, organisation, time management, and presentation skills.
 To impart flexibility and adaptability.
 To inspire independent and team working.
 To expand intellectual capacity, credibility, judgement, intuition.
 To adhere to punctuality, setting and meeting deadlines.
 To instil responsibilities to oneself and others.
 To train students to present the topic of project work in a seminar without any fear, face audience confidently,
enhance communication skill, involve in group discussion to present and exchange ideas.
Mini-Project with seminar: This may be hands-on practice, survey report, data collection and analysis, coding, mobile
app development, field visit and report preparation, modelling of system, simulation, analysing and authenticating, case
studies, etc.
CIE marks shall be awarded by a committee comprising of HoD as Chairman, Guide/co-guide, if any, and a senior faculty
of the department. Students can present the seminar based on the completed mini-project. Participation in the seminar
by all postgraduate students of the program shall be mandatory.
The CIE marks awarded for Mini-Project work and Seminar, shall be based on the evaluation of Mini Project work and
Report, Presentation skill and performance in Question-and-Answer session in the ratio 50:25:25. Mini-Project with
Seminar shall be considered as a head of passing and shall be considered for vertical progression as well as for the award
of degree. Those, who do not take-up/complete the Mini Project and Seminar shall be declared as fail in that course and
have to complete the same during the subsequent semester.
There is no SEE for this course.
Course outcomes:
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Present the mini-project and be able to defend it.
 Make links across different areas of knowledge and to generate, develop and evaluate ideas and information to apply
these skills to the project task.
 Habituated to critical thinking and use problem solving skills.
 Communicate effectively and to present ideas clearly and coherently in both the written and oral forms.
 Work in a team to achieve common goal.
 Learn on their own, reflect on their learning and take appropriate actions to improve it.

48
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
FINITE ELEMENT LABORATORY
Course Code 22MDEL26 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week (L:T:P: S) 1:2:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 15 + 10 -12 Laboratory Sessions Total Marks 100
Credits 2 Exam Hours 3
Course objectives:
● To familiarize the students with a commercial / open source FEM Software
● To make students practice problems in Linear Elastic, Dynamic and Non-Linear Finite Element
Analysis using any commercial software such as NASTRAN/ABAQUS etc.
Sl.NO. EXPERIMENTS

Linear Static Analysis:

1 Linear Static Analyses of a Simply-Supported Truss, Simply-Supported Stiffened Plate and
a Solid Lug.
2 Rigid Element Analysis with RBAR: Create a tube model with a 'rigid' end and apply a
torque load for linear static analysis (Rigid Element Analysis with RBAR or equivalent)
Dynamic Analysis:
3 Modal Analysis of a Flat Plate: find first five natural frequencies and mode shapes). Repeat
the analysis with static reduction.
4 Direct Transient Response Analysis:Using the direct method, define time-varying excitation
and compute nodal displacement for desired time domain. Repeat the analysis using the
modal method.
5 Direct Frequency Response Analysis:Using the direct method define frequency-varying
excitation and compute nodal displacement for desired frequency domain. Repeat the
analysis with modal method
6 Random Analysis of flat plat: Determining the displacement response spectrum from
random pressure and force loads with cross spectrum correlation.
Non-Linear Analysis:
7 Spring Element with Nonlinear Analysis Parameters (Multi-Step Analysis): Demonstrate the
effects of geometric nonlinear analysis with incremental loads through multiple subcases
and interpret the results with different output options.
8 Geometric Nonlinear Analysis of a Cantilever Beam: Perform nonlinear analysis on a
cantilever beam under four increasing loads, create an accurate deformation plot of the
model and a plot of the load factor vs. displacement.
DEMONSTRATION EXPERIMENTS ( FOR CIE )

9 A plate with a part-through crack: elastic line spring modelling:A large plate with a
symmetric, centrally located, semi-elliptic, part-through crack is subjected to edge tension
and bending. Estimate the Mode I stress intensity factor, KI as a function of position along
the crack front.
10 Z-section cantilever under torsional loading. A Z section cantilever (1 m, 2m,1m) with
thickness 0.1 m is subjected to a torque of 1.2 MN-m applied at 10. The torque is
applied by two uniformly distributed edge shears of 0.6 MN at each flange when shell
elements are used. All displacements are zero along the edge at 0. The material
properties are Young's modulus = 210 GPa, Poisson's ratio = 0.3, density = 7800 kg/m3. In
the explicit dynamic analysis the loading rate is applied such that a quasi-static solution is
obtained. Find the axial stress, at mid-surface, and stress at point A (2.5 m from fixed
edge).

49
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
11 Plane stress elements—elliptic membrane (NAFEMS Benchmark Problem): A thin steel
𝑥 𝑦
plate of thickness 0.1 mm defined between two ellipses (outer: 3.252 + 2.75 = 1 and inner:
𝑥 𝑦
22
+ 12 = 1 ) is subjected to uniform outer pressure of 10 MPa. Find Tangential edge
stresses (σyy).
12 Laminated strip under three-point bending: A Laminate of size(50 mm x10 mm x1 mm),
Lamina arrangement of0/90/0/90/0/90/0 (all lamina with thickness 0.1mm and the middle
lamina with thickness 0.4mm) have the material properties = 100 GPa, = 5 GPa,
= 5 GPa, = 0.4, = 0.3, = 0.3, = 3 GPa, = 2 GPa, = 2 GPa . The
plate is simply supported by two supports at 10 mm from ends. A Line load of10 N/mm is
applied at the centre (x = 25, z = 1). Find the stresses, σ11 and σ13 and Uz.
Course outcomes (Course Skill Set):
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
● Run a Linear Static, Dynamic and Non- Linear Analysis for simple components
● Find the stress and displacement in a commercial software
● Demonstrate the validity of FE results against a set standard.
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE)
is 50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. A student shall be
deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each course.
The student has to secure not less than 40% of maximum marks in the semester-end
examination(SEE). In total of CIE and SEE student has to secure 50% maximum marks of the
course.
Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):
CIE marks for the practical course is 50 Marks.
The split-up of CIE marks for record/ journal and test are in the ratio 60:40.
● Each experiment to be evaluated for conduction with observation sheet and record write-up.
Rubrics for the evaluation of the journal/write-up for hardware/software experiments designed
by the faculty who is handling the laboratory session and is made known to students at the
beginning of the practical session.
● Record should contain all the specified experiments in the syllabus and each experiment write-
up will be evaluated for 10 marks.
● Total marks scored by the students are scaled downed to 30 marks (60% of maximum marks).
● Weightage to be given for neatness and submission of record/write-up on time.
● Department shall conduct 02 tests for 100 marks, the first test shall be conducted after the 8th
week of the semester and the second test shall be conducted after the 14th week of the semester.
● In each test, test write-up, conduction of experiment, acceptable result, and procedural
knowledge will carry a weightage of 60% and the rest 40% for viva-voce.
● The suitable rubrics can be designed to evaluate each student’s performance and learning ability.
● The average of 02 tests is scaled down to 20 marks (40% of the maximum marks).
The Sum of scaled-down marks scored in the report write-up/journal and average marks of two tests
is the total CIE marks scored by the student.

50
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Semester End Evaluation (SEE):
SEE marks for the practical course is 50 Marks.

SEE shall be conducted jointly by the two examiners of the same institute; examiners are
appointed by the University.
● All laboratory experiments are to be included for practical examination.
● (Rubrics) Breakup of marks and the instructions printed on the cover page of the answer script to
be strictly adhered to by the examiners. OR based on the course requirement evaluation rubrics
shall be decided jointly by examiners.
● Students can pick one question (experiment) from the questions lot prepared by the internal
/external examiners jointly.
● Evaluation of test write-up/ conduction procedure and result/viva will be conducted jointly by
examiners.
● General rubrics suggested for SEE are mentioned here, writeup-20%, Conduction procedure and
result in -60%, Viva-voce 20% of maximum marks. SEE for practical shall be evaluated for 100
marks and scored marks shall be scaled down to 50 marks (however, based on course type, rubrics
shall be decided by the examiners)
● Change of experiment is allowed only once and 10% Marks allotted to the procedure part to be
made zero.
The duration of SEE is 03 hours

Suggested Learning Resources:

1. https://www.scc.kit.edu/scc/sw/msc/Webwork/NasBooks.html
2. Abaqus Examples problem guide:
http://wufengyun.com:888/books/exa/default.htm?startat=pdx01pdd01.html
3. National Agency for Finite Element Methods and Standards (U.K.): Test LE1 from NAFEMS
publication TNSB, Rev. 3, “The Standard NAFEMS Benchmarks,” October 1990.
4. http://wufengyun.com:888/books/bmk/default.htm?startat=book01.html#bmk
5. National Agency for Finite Element Methods and Standards (U.K.): Test R0031/1 from NAFEMS
publication R0031, “Composites Benchmarks,” February 1995.
(http://wufengyun.com:888/books/bmk/default.htm?startat=book01.html#bmk)
6. National Agency for Finite Element Methods and Standards (U.K.): Test LE5 from NAFEMS
publication TNSB, Rev. 3, “The Standard NAFEMS Benchmarks,” October 1990.
(http://wufengyun.com:888/books/bmk/default.htm?startat=book01.html#bmk)

51
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

52
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

VISVESVARAYA TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, BELAGAVI.

Scheme of Teaching and Examinations and Syllabus

M. Tech., Machine Design (MMD)
(Effective from the Academic year 2022-23)
(For Affiliated Colleges)

Registrar,
Visvesvaraya Technological University
JnanaSangam, Machhe, Belagavi-590018
eMail: registrar@vtu.ac.in
contact: 0831-2498112

10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

VISVESVARAYA TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, BELAGAVI

Scheme of Teaching and Examinations – 2020 - 21
M. Tech., Machine Design (MMD)
Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) and Outcome Based Education(OBE)
III SEMESTER
Teaching Hours /Week Examination

Skill Development

Duration in hours
Mini–Project/
Internship
Practical/
Course Title

Tutorial/

Total Marks
SEE Marks
Activities

CIE Marks
Theory

Credits
Course
Sl. No

Course
Code

L P SDA
22MMD/ME 03 00 02 03 50
1 PCC Mechanics of Composite Materials 50 100 4
A/MDE31
2 PEC 22MMD32X Professional elective 3 03 00 00 03 50 50 100 3
3 OEC 22MMD33X Professional Elective 4 03 00 00 03 50 50 100 3
4 PROJ 22MMD34 Project Work phase -1 00 06 00 -- 100 -- 100 3
5 SP 22MMD35 Societal Project 00 06 00 -- 100 -- 100 3
(06 weeks Internship
Completed during the
6 INT 22MMDI36 Internship 03 50 50 100 6
intervening vacation of II
and III semesters.)
TOTAL 09 12 03 12 400 200 600 22
Note: PCC: Professional core courses, PEC: Professional Elective Courses, IPCC-Integrated Professional Core Courses. MPS-Mini Project With Seminar; AUD/AEC;
Audit Courses / Ability Enhancement Courses ( Mandatory), PCCL-Professional Core Course lab, L-Lecture, P-Practical, T/SDA-Tutorial / Skill Development
Activities(Hours are for Interaction between faculty and students)

Professional elective 3 Professional Elective 4

Course Code under Course title Course Code under Course title
22MMDxxx 22MMD32X
Sustainability Engineering 22MMD/MDE/ME Design automation with IoT
22MMD/MPD/MDE/MEA/
MST321 A/MTR/MPM331

22MMD/MPD/MAU/MPE/ Rapid Prototyping 22MMD/MDE/ME Reverse Engineering

MDE/MEA/MSE/MTE/MP A332
Y/MPM322
22MMD/MPD/MDE/MEA Design of Experiment 22MMD/MDE/ME Optimization through MATLAB
/MST/MPT/323 A333

Design of Aerospace Structures 22MMD/MDE/MA Introduction to Hybrid and Electric

22MMD/MEA/MDE324 U/MEA334 Vehicles

Introduction to Robotics 22MMD/MEA/MD 3D Printing

22MMD/MEA/MDE325 E335

22MMD326 Non-Destructive Evaluation

Note:
1. Project Work Phase-1:The project work shall be carried out individually. However, in case a disciplinary or interdisciplinary project requires
more participants, then a group consisting of not more than three shall be permitted.Students in consultation with the guide/co-guide (if any) in
disciplinary project or guides/co-guides (if any) of all departments in case of multidisciplinary projects, shall pursue a literature survey and complete
the preliminary requirements of the selected Project work. Each student shall prepare a relevant introductory project document, and present a
seminar.
CIE marks shall be awarded by a committee comprising of HoD as Chairman, all Guide/s and co-guide/s (if any) and a senior faculty of the
concerned departments. The CIE marks awarded for project work phase -1, shall be based on the evaluation of Project Report, Project Presentation
skill, and performance in the Question and Answer session in the ratio of 50:25:25.
2. Societal Project: Students in consultation with the internal guide as well as with external guide (much preferable) shall involve in applying
2
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
technology to workout/proposing viable solutions for societal problems.

CIE marks shall be awarded by a committee comprising of HoD as Chairman, Guide/co-guide if any, and a senior faculty of the department. The CIE
marks awarded, shall be based on the evaluation of Project Report, Project Presentation skill, and performance in the Question and Answer session in
the ratio of 50:25:25.
Those, who have not pursued /completed the Societal Project, shall be declared as fail in the course and have to complete the same during subsequent
semester/s after satisfying the Societal Project requirements. There is no SEE (University examination) for this course.
3. Internship: Those, who have not pursued /completed the internship, shall be declared as fail in the internship course and have to complete the
same during subsequent University examinations after satisfying the internship requirements. Internship SEE (University examination) shall be as
per the University norms.

CIE marks shall be awarded by a committee comprising of HoD as Chairman, Guide/co-guide if any, and a senior faculty of the department. The CIE
marks awarded for project work phase-1 shall be based on the evaluation of Project Report, Project Presentation skill, and performance in the
Question and Answer session in the ratio of 50:25:25.

3
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

VISVESVARAYA TECHNOLOGICAL UNIVERSITY, BELAGAVI

Scheme of Teaching and Examinations – 2020 - 21
M. Tech., Machine Design (MMD)
Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) and Outcome Based Education(OBE)
IV SEMESTER
Teaching Hours
Examination
/Week

Credits
Field work
Sl. No

Practical/

Total Marks
Course Course Code Course Title

SEE Marks
Duration in

CIE Marks
Theory

Viva voce
hours
L P
1 Project 22MMD41 Project work phase -2 -- 08 03 100 100 200 18

TOTAL -- 08 03 100 100 200 18

Note:
1. Project Work Phase-2:
Students in consultation with the guide/co-guide (if any) in disciplinary project or guides/co-guides (if any) of all departments in case of
multidisciplinary projects, shall continue to work of Project Work phase -1to complete the Project work. Each student / batch of students shall
prepare project document, and present a seminar.

CIE marks shall be awarded by a committee comprising of HoD as Chairman, all Guide/s and co-guide/s (if any) and a senior faculty of the
concerned departments. The CIE marks awarded for project work phase -2, shall be based on the evaluation of Project Report, Project Presentation
skill, and performance in the Question and Answer session in the ratio of 50:25:25.

SEE shall be at the end of IV semester. Project work evaluation and Viva-Voce examination (SEE), after satisfying the plagiarism check, shall be as
per the University norms.

Total Credits 22+18+22+18 =80

4
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

Program Outcomes (POs)

1. PO1: An ability to independently carry out research /investigation and development

work to solve practical problems.

2. PO2: An ability to write and present a substantial technical report/document.

3. PO3: Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the area as per
the specialization of the program.
4. PO4: Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical engineering systems using
modern tools and techniques.
5. PO5: Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental investigations on Industrial and
societal problems to provide sustainable solutions

5
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

III SEMESTER

6
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
MECHANICS OF COMPOSITE MATERIALS
Course Code 22MMD/MEA/MDE31
CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week 3:0:2

SEE Marks 50
(L:P:SDA)
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 + 10-12 Activities Total Marks 100
Credits 04 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning objectives:
This course will enable students to
1.Comprehend the basics of Composite Materials
2.Select composite materials,
3.Conduct stress and Stiffness analyses of Lamina and Laminate
4.Use the theories of failure of composite materials under static loading
MODULE-1(7 Hours)
Introduction: Basic Concepts, Design Process, Composites Design Methods, Fracture Mechanics.

Materials:Fiber Reinforcements, Fiber Types-Glass Fibers, Silica and Quartz Fibers, Carbon Fibers,
Carbon Nanotubes, Organic Fibers, Boron Fibers, Ceramic Fibers, Basalt Fibers, Metallic Fibers, Natural
Fibers; Fiber-Matrix Compatibility, Fiber Forms, Matrix Materials, Thermoset Matrices, Thermoplastic
Matrices, Biodegradable Matrices, Creep, Temperature, and Moisture, Corrosion Resistance, Flammability
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

MODULE-2(9 Hours)
Micromechanics: Basic Concepts Volume and Mass fraction, Heterogeneous Material, Anisotropic
Material, Orthotropic Material, Transversely Isotropic Material, Isotropic Material; Stiffness-Longitudinal
Modulus, Transverse Modulus, In-Plane Poisson’s Ratio, In-Plane Shear Modulus, Intralaminar Shear
Modulus, Restrictions on the Elastic Constants,
Strength - Longitudinal Tensile Strength, Longitudinal Compressive Strength, Transverse Tensile Strength,
Mode I Fracture Toughness, In-Plane Shear Strength, Mode II Fracture Toughness, Transverse
Compressive Strength, Mohr-Coulomb Failure, Intralaminar Shear Strength.

Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

MODULE-3(8 Hours)
Ply Mechanics: Coordinate Systems, Stress and Strain, Stress-Strain Equations, Off-Axis Stiffness,
Specially Orthotropic Lamina.
Macromechanics: Plate Stiffness and Compliance, Computation of Stresses, Common Laminate Types,
Laminate Moduli, Universal Carpet Plots.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

MODULE-4(9 Hours)

7
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Ply Strength: Lamina Failure Criteria-Strength Ratio, Maximum Stress Criterion, Maximum Strain
Criterion, Interacting Failure Criterion, First Ply Failure, Last Ply Failure, Laminate Strength.

Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

MODULE-5(7Hours)
Manufacturing Processes: Hand Layup, Prepreg Layup, Bag Molding, Autoclave Processing,
Compression Molding, Resin Transfer Molding, Vacuum-Assisted Resin Transfer Molding, Pultrusion,
Filament Winding, Textile Manufacturing.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing marks in SEE is
40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements
and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 50% (50 marks out of
100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

● Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
● Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks
to attain the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50 marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be proportionately reduced
to 50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four sub-
questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each module
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Ever J. Barbero, “Introduction to Composite Materials Design”, 3rd Edition, CRC Press, 2018
2. Autar K. Kaw,” Mechanics of composite materials”, CRC, 2nd Edition, Indian Print, 2009

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

1. Introduction to Composites, IIT Kanpur, https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112104168
2. Composite Materials and Structures, IIT Kanpur, https://nptel.ac.in/courses/101104010

8
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Skill Development Activities Suggested
1. Write a MATLAB programme to find the stress and strain of an angle lamina
2. Write a MATLAB code to find A,B, D Matrix of a Laminate and to find strains when subjected to applied
stresses.
3. Write a MATLAB code to accommodate the theories of failure for composite materials
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to :
Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Select Composite Materials based on the need of the situation 3
CO2 Design and analyse the lamina in its various orientations 3
CO3 Design and Analyse a composite laminate 3

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. No. Description POs
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and 1
development work to solve practical problems.
2 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the area 3
as per the specialization of the program.
3 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental 5
investigations on Industrial and societal problems to provide sustainable
solutions.
4
5

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 1 1 2
CO2 1 1 2
CO3 1 1 2
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

9
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Professional Elective 3
SUSTAINABILITY ENGINEERING
Course Code 22MMD/MPD/MDE/MEA/MST321
CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week (L:P:SDA) 3:0:0 SEE Marks 50

Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning objectives:
1. To have an increased awareness among students on issues in areas of sustainability
2. To understand the role of engineering and technology with sustainable development.
3. To know the methods, tools and incentives for sustainable products service system
development
4. To establish clear understanding of the role and impact t of various aspects of engineering
decisions on environmental, societal and economic problems
MODULE-1
Sustainability: Introduction, concept, evolution of the concept; Social, environmental and economic
sustainability concepts; Sustainable development, Nexus between Technology and Sustainable
development.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-2
Environmental Pollution: Air Pollution and its effects, Water pollution and its sources, Zero waste
concept and 3 R concepts in solid waste management; Greenhouse effect, Global warming, Climate
change, Ozone layer depletion, legal provisions for environmental protection.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-3
Environmental Management Standards: ISO 14001:2015 frame work and benefits, Scope and
goal of Life Cycle Analysis (LCA),
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-4
Resources and its Utilisation: Basic concepts of Conventional and non-conventional energy, General
idea about solar energy, Fuel cells, Wind energy, Small hydro plants, bio-fuels,
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-5
Sustainability Practices:Basic concept of sustainable habitat, Methods for increasing energy
efficiency in buildings, Green Engineering, Sustainable Urbanization, Sustainable cities, Sustainable
transport
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

10
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing
marks in SEE is 40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not
less than 50% (50 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and
SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
1. Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
2. Two assignments each of 20 MarksoroneSkill Development Activity of 40 marksto attain
the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50
marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as
per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

1. The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be
proportionately reduced to 50.
2. The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
3. Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four
sub-questions) from each module.
4. Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
5. The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each
module
.
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Allen, D .T. and Shonnard, D .R., Sustainability Engineering: Concepts, Design and case
studies, Prentice Hall
2. Bradley, A.S; Adebayo, A.O; Maria, P, Engineering applications in sustainable design and
development, Cengage learning.
3. Environmental Impact assessment guidelines, Notification of Govt of India, 2006.
4. Mackenthun, K M; Basic concepts in Environmental management, Lewis publication, London
1998
5. Ni bin Chang, Systems analysis for sustainable engg Theory and applications, Mcgraw Hill
professional.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

● VTU e-Shikshana Program

● VTU EDUSAT Program
Skill Development Activities Suggested
● Case study
● Quizzes
● Assignments
● Seminars
11
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to :

Sl. Description Blooms

No. Level
CO1 Understand the relevance and the concept of sustainability and the global
initiatives in this direction
CO2 Explain the different types of environmental pollution problems and their
sustainable solutions
CO3 Discuss the environmental regulations and standards
CO4 Outline the concepts related to conventional and non-conventional energy
CO5 Demonstrate the broad perspective of sustainable practices by utilizing
engineering knowledge and principles

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. Description POs
No.
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and development 1
work to solve practical problems.
2 An ability to write and present a substantial technical report/document. 2
3 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the area as 3
per the specialization of the program. The mastery should be at a level higher
than the requirements in the appropriate bachelor program.
4 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical 4
engineering systems using modern tools and techniques.
5 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental 5
investigations on Industrial and societal problems to provide sustainable
solutions.

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 1 2 3 3 2
CO2 3 3 1 3 1
CO3 1 2 1 3 2
CO4 3 3 1 3 1
CO5 1 3 1 2 1
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

12
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

RAPID PROTOTYPING
Course Code 22MMD/MPD/MAU/MPE/MDE/MEA
/MSE/MTE/MPY/MPM322
CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week (L:P:SDA) 2:0:2 SEE Marks 50

Total Hours of Pedagogy 25 theory + 10-12 activates Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning objectives:
1. Describe product development, conceptual design and classify rapid prototyping systems;
explain stereo lithography process and applications
2. Applying of measurement and scaling technique for prototype manufacturing.
3. Identify The process photopolymers, photo polymerization, layering technology, laser and
laser scanning
MODULE-1(5 Hours)
Introduction: Need for the compression in product development, history of RP systems, Survey of
applications, Growth of RP industry, and classification of RP systems.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

MODULE-2(5 Hours)
Stereo Lithography Systems: Principle, Process parameter, Process details, Data preparation, data
files and machine details, Application, Selective Laser Sintering and Fusion Deposition
Modeling: Type of machine, Principle of operation, process parameters, Data preparation for SLS,
Applications, Principle of Fusion deposition modeling, Process parameter, , Applications.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

MODULE-3(5 Hours)
Solid Ground Curing: Principle of operation, Machine details, Applications. Laminated Object
Manufacturing: Principle of operation, LOM materials. Process details, application.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

MODULE-4(5 Hours)
Rapid Tooling: Indirect Rapid tooling -Silicone rubber tooling – Aluminum filled epoxy tooling
Spray metal tooling, Cast kirksite, 3Q keltool,
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

MODULE-5(5 Hours)
Direct Rapid Tooling Direct. AIM, Quick cast process, Copper polyamide, Rapid Tool, DMILS,
Prometal, Sand casting tooling, Laminate tooling soft Tooling vs. hard tooling.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

13
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)
The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing
marks in SEE is 40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not
less than 50% (50 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and
SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
1. Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
2. Two assignments each of 20 MarksoroneSkill Development Activity of 40 marks to attain
the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50
marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as
per the outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be
proportionately reduced to 50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four
sub-questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each
module
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Paul F. Jacobs ,“Stereolithography and other RP&M technologies- from rapid prototyping to
rapid tooling”, - Dearborn, Mich. : Society of Manufacturing Engineers in cooperation with
the Rapid Prototyping Association of SME ; New York : ASME Press .1996
2. Rapid Manufacturing - Flham D.T &Dinjoy S.S - Verlog London2001.
3. Rapid automated - Lament wood - Indus press NewYork (4)Wohler's Report 2000 - Terry
Wohlers - Wohler's Association -2000
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
● Rapid Manufacturing https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/112/104/112104265/

● VTU e-Shikshana Program

● VTU EDUSAT Program
Skill Development Activities Suggested
● Quizzes
● Assignments
● Seminars
● Case study

14
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to :

Sl. Description Blooms

No. Level
CO1 Describe product development, conceptual design and classify rapid 2
prototyping systems; explain stereo lithography process and applications.

CO2 Explain direct metal laser sintering, LOM and fusion deposition modelling 2
processes.

CO3 Demonstrate solid ground curing principle and process. 4

CO4 Discuss LENS, BPM processes; point out the application of RP system in 3
medical field define virtual prototyping and identify simulation
components.
CO5 Understand the RP Process Optimizations. 2

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. No. Description POs
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and 1
development work to solve practical problems.
2 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the area 3
as per the specialization of the program.
3 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical 4
engineering systems using modern tools and techniques.

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 3 1 3
CO2 3 1 2
CO3 3 1 2
CO4 2 1 3
CO5 3 1 3
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

15
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
DESIGN OF EXPERIMENTS
Course Code 22MMD/MPD/MDE/MEA/MST/MPT
/323
CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week 2:0:2

SEE Marks 50
(L:P:SDA)
Total Hours of Pedagogy 25+10-12 Activities Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning objectives:
1. To develop an understanding of experimental methods and major experimental designs and think
critically about their proper application.
2. Write hypotheses that can be tested using experiments.
3. Be able to develop different types of experimental designs
MODULE-1(5 Hours)
Introduction: Strategy of Experimentation, Typical applications of Experimental design, Basic Principles,
Guidelines for Designing Experiments.

Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning
Process

MODULE-2(5 Hours)
Basic Statistical Concepts: Concepts of random variable, probability, density function cumulative
distribution function. Sample and population, Measure of Central tendency; Mean median and mode,
Measures of Variability, Concept of confidence level. Statistical Distributions: Normal, Log Normal
Illustration through Numerical examples.
Hypothesis testing, Probability plots, choice of sample size. Illustration through Numerical examples.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning
Process

MODULE-3(5 Hours)
Experimental Design: Factorial Experiments, factors, levels, interactions, treatment combination,
randomization, Two-level experimental designs for two factors and three factors. Three-level experimental
designs for two factors and three factors, Factor effects, Factor interactions,
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning
Process

MODULE-4(5 Hours)
Measures of variability, Ranking method, Column effect method & Plotting method, Analysis of variance
(ANOVA) in Factorial Experiments: YATE’s algorithm for ANOVA.

Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning
Process

MODULE-5(5 Hours)

16
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Regression analysis, Mathematical models from experimental data. Illustration through Numerical
examples.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning
Process

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing marks in SEE is
40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements
and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 50% (50 marks out of
100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
● Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
● Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks
to attain the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50 marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be proportionately reduced
to 50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four sub-
questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each module
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Montgomery, D. C. (2019). Design and Analysis of Experiments, 10th Edition, John Wiley & Sons.
st
2. John Lawson,"Design and Analysis of Experiments with R”, 1 Edition, Taylor and Francis, 2014.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

1. Design and Analysis of Experiments (https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_mg48/preview)
2. Sotware, JMP: https://www.jmp.com/en_ch/applications/design-of-experiments.html
3. R: https://www.r-project.org/
4. R Studio :https://posit.co/
Skill Development Activities Suggested
1. Implement the DoE techniques using R Software:

17
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to :
Sl. No. Description Blooms
Level
CO1 Describe the fundamentals of experiments and its uses 2
CO2 Apply of statistical models, ANOVA in analysing experimental data 3
CO3 Analyse the data and identify the significant factors which influence the 3
results

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. No. Description POs
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and 1
development work to solve practical problems.
2 An ability to write and present a substantial technical report/document. 2
3 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the 3
area as per the specialization of the program. The mastery should be at
a level higher than the requirements in the appropriate bachelor
program.
4 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical 4
engineering systems using modern tools and techniques.
5 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental 5
investigations on Industrial and societal problems to provide
sustainable solutions.

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 3 3 1 3 1
CO2 3 3 1 3 1
CO3 3 3 1 3 1
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

18
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

Professional Elective 4
DESIGN OF AEROSPACE STRUCTURES
Course Code 22MMD/MEA/MDE324 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week 3:0:0
SEE Marks 50
(L:P:SDA)
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning objectives:
1. To study basic concepts of aircraft structures & materials, and various types of loads acting on an
aircraft.
2. To understand concepts of open and closed thin walled beams.
3. To acquire the knowledge of buckling of plates, joints and fittings.
4. Comprehend the stress analysis on wings and fuselage.
MODULE-1(8 Hours)
Loads on Aircraft and Aircraft Materials:

Loads on Aircraft and Aircraft Materials Loads on Aircraft: Structural nomenclature, Types of loads,
load factor, Aerodynamics loads, Symmetric manoeuvre loads, Velocity diagram, Function of structural
components.

Aircraft Materials: Metallic and non-metallic materials, Use of Aluminum alloy, titanium, stainless steel
and composite materials. Desirable properties for aircraft application.

Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-2(8 Hours)
Bending of Open and Closed Thin Walled Beams:

Symmetrical bending, unsymmetrical bending, direct stress distribution due to bending, position of the
neutral axis, load intensity, shear force, and bending moment relationships, deflection due to bending,
calculation of section properties, approximation for thin-walled sections.

Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-3(8 Hours)
Shear and Torsion of Open and Closed Thin Walled Beams:

General stress, strain, and displacement relationship for open and single-cell closed section thin-walled
beams, shear of open section beams, shear centre, shear of closed section beams. Torsion of close section
beam, and displacement associated with the Bredt-Batho shear flow. Torsion of open section beam.
Combined bending, shear, torsion.

Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-4(8 Hours)

19
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Buckling of Plates, Joints and Fittings:

Buckling of Isotropic flat plates in compression, ultimate compressive strength of Isotropic flat sheet,
plastic buckling of flat sheet, columns subjected to local crippling failure, Needham & Gerard method for
determining crippling stress, curved sheets in compression, elastic buckling of curved rectangular plates.
Pure tension field beams, angle of diagonal tension in web. Joints and Fittings- bolted or riveted joints,
accuracy of fitting analysis, eccentrically loaded connections, welded joints, and concept of effective width.

Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-5(8 Hours)
Stress Analysis in Wing Spars and Box beams: Tapered wing spar, open and closed section beams,
beams having variable stringer areas, three- boom shell, torsion and shear, tapered wings, cut-outs in wings.

Stress Analysis in Fuselage Frames: Bending, shear, torsion, cut-outs in fuselages, principles of stiffeners
construction, fuselage frames, shear flow distribution.

Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing marks in SEE is
40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements
and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 50% (50 marks out of
100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
● Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
● Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks
to attain the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50 marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be proportionately reduced
to 50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four sub-
questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each module
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Megson, T. H. G., “Aircraft Structures for Engineering Students”, Edward Arnold, 1995, ISBN-10:
2. Peery D J & Azar J J, “Aircraft Structures”, McGraw Hill N.Y, 2nd edition,1993,
3. Bruhn E. F, “Analysis & Design of Flight Vehicles Structures”, Tri-State offset Co, USA, 1985, ISBN-
10:
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

20
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
1. Aircraft Structures - I, IIT Kharagpur (https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/101/105/101105084/)

Skill Development Activities Suggested

1. Industrial visit at any aerospace organization.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to :

Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Understand the various loads acting on aircraft. 2
CO2 Understand various types of materials used in aircraft configuration. 2
CO3 Apply the concept of thin walled beams. 3
CO4 Calculate the buckling of plates. 3
CO5 Analyze the stresses in wings and fuselage structures / frames. 4

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. Description POs
No.
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and development 1
work to solve practical problems.
2 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical 4
engineering systems using modern tools and techniques.
3 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental 5
investigations on Industrial and societal problems to provide sustainable
solutions.

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 1
CO3 2 2 1
CO4 2 2 1
CO5 1 3 3
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

21
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

22
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
INTRODUCTION TO ROBOTICS
Course Code 22 CIE Marks 50
MMD325/
MEA325/
MDE324
Teaching Hours/Week (L:P:SDA) 3:0:0 SEE Marks 50
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course Learning objectives:

● Develop the knowledge in various robot structures and their workspace.

● Develop the skills in performing kinematics analysis of robot systems.
● Provide the knowledge of the dynamics associated with the operation of robotic systems.
● Provide the knowledge and analysis skills associated with trajectory planning.
● Understand material handling and robot applications in industries.
MODULE-1(8 Hours)
Introduction: Automation and robotic, an over view of robotics, classification by coordinate system
and control systems; Components of the industrial robotics: Degrees of freedom, end effectors:
Mechanical gripper, magnetic, vacuum cup and other types of grippers, general consideration on
gripper selection and design.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-2(8 Hours)
Motion analysis: Basic rotation matrices, composite rotation matrices, Euler angles, equivalent
angle and axis, homogeneous transformation, problems; Manipulator kinematics: D-H notations,
joint coordinates and world 2 | P a g e coordinates, forward and inverse kinematics, problems.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-3(8 Hours)
Differential kinematics: Differential kinematics of planar and spherical manipulators, Jacobians
problems. Robot dynamics: Lagrange, Euler formulations, Newton-Euler formulations, problems on
planar two link manipulators.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-4(8 Hours)

Trajectory planning: Joint space scheme, cubic polynomial fit, avoidance of obstacles, types of
motion: Slew motion, joint interpolated motion, straight line motion, problems, Robot actuators and
feedback components; Actuators: pneumatic and hydraulic actuators.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-5(8 Hours)
Electric actuators: DC servo motors, stepper motors, feedback components: position sensors,
potentiometers, resolvers and encoders, velocity sensors, tactile sensor; Robot application in
manufacturing: Material handling, assembly and inspection.
Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

23
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is
50%. The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing
marks in SEE is 40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the
academic requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures
not less than 50% (50 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation)
and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
1. Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
2. Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks to attain
the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50
marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as
per the outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be
proportionately reduced to 50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four
sub-questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each
module
Suggested Learning Resources:

Books

1. Groover M. P, “Industrial Robotics”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 1st Edition, 2013.

2. J. J. Criag, “Introduction to Robotic Mechanics and Control”, Pearson, 3rd Edition, 2013.
3. Richard D. Klafter, “Robotic Engineering”, Prentice Hall, 1st Edition, 2013.
4. Fu K S, “Robotics”, McGraw-Hill, 1st Edition, 2013.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

● https://www.doc.ic.ac.uk/~ajd/Robotics/RoboticsResources/lecture1.pdf
● http://opencourses.emu.edu.tr/course/view.php?id=32
● https://www.researchgate.net/publication/277712686_Introduction_to_Robotics_class_notes_UG_leve
l
● http://www.robot.bmstu.ru/
● http://www.robotee.com/index.php/download-free-robotic-e-books/

24
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Skill Development Activities Suggested

● Quizzes
● Assignments
● Seminars
● Industrial Visit
● Case study

25
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to :

Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Understand characteristic features of robots and usage of different grippers 2
for industrial applications.
CO2 Understand direct and inverse kinematics of robot structure 2

CO3 Apply the concepts of Differential Kinematics of planar and spherical 3

manipulators.
CO4 Understand classification of robot actuators and trajectory planning. 2

CO5 Analyse material handling and applications in manufacturing. 4

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. Description POs
No.
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and development 1
work to solve practical problems.
2 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the area as per 3
the specialization of the program.
3 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical engineering 4
systems using modern tools and techniques.

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 2 1 2
CO2 3 1 3

CO3 3 1 3
CO4 2 1 2
CO5 3 1 3

Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

26
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

27
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
NON-DESTRUCTIVE EVALUATION
Course Code 22MMD326 CIE Marks 50
Teaching Hours/Week 2:0:2
SEE Marks 50
(L:P:SDA)
Total Hours of Pedagogy 25 + 10-12 Activities Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03

Course Learning objectives:

1. To introduce basic principles, techniques and equipment needed for various non-destructive
testing(NDT) methods viz. visual, penetrant testing, magnetic particle testing, eddy current testing,
radiography, ultrasonic testing, acoustic emission testing, thermography, leak testing.
2. To enable selection of appropriate NDT methods.
3. To identify advantages, disadvantages and limitations of various NDT methods.
4. To understand standards used for various NDT methods.
MODULE-1(5 Hours)
Introduction: Overview of NDT, NDT vs destructive testing. Visual Inspection: Basic principle, unaided
visual inspection, visual inspection with optical aids.

Liquid Penetrant Testing: Physical principles, procedure, penetrant testing materials, penetrant testing
methods, sensitivity, applications and limitations, standards.

Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Video demonstration or Simulations, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem
Learning Process Solving, Laboratory Demonstrations and Practical Experiments

MODULE-2 (5 Hours)
Magnetic Particle Testing: Magnetism – basic definitions and principle of MPT, magnetizing techniques,
MPT procedure, equipment required for MPT, sensitivity, limitations, standards.

Eddy Current Testing: Principles, instrumentation for ECT, techniques, sensitivity, advanced eddy
current test methods, applications, limitations, standards.

Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Video demonstration or Simulations, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem
Learning Process Solving, Laboratory Demonstrations and Practical Experiments

MODULE-3 (5 Hours)
Radiography: Basic principle, electromagnetic radiation sources, radiation attenuation in the specimen,
effect of radiation on film, radiographic imaging, inspection techniques, applications of radiographic
inspection, limitations. Real time radiography, microfocal radiography, safety in industrial radiography,
standards, neutron radiography.

Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Video demonstration or Simulations, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem
Learning Process Solving, Laboratory Demonstrations and Practical Experiments

MODULE-4 (4 Hours)

28
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Ultrasonic Testing: Basic properties of sound beam, ultrasonic transducers, inspection methods,
techniques for normal beam inspection, techniques for angle beam inspection, flaw characterization
techniques, ultrasonic flaw detection equipment, modes of display – A scan / B scan / C scan, immersion
testing, applications of ultrasonic testing, advantages, limitations, standards, mechanical impedance
analysis techniques.

Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Video demonstration or Simulations, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem
Learning Process Solving, Laboratory Demonstrations and Practical Experiments

MODULE-5 (6 Hours)
Acoustic Emission Testing: Principle of AET, technique, instrumentation, sensitivity, applications,
standards, structural integrity assessment, acoustic emission technique for leak detection. Thermography:
Basic principles, detectors and equipment, techniques, applications, codes and standards. Leak Testing:
Measurement of leakage, leak testing methods, leak detection, standards.

Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Video demonstration or Simulations, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem
Learning Process Solving, Laboratory Demonstrations and Practical Experiments

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing marks in SEE is
40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements
and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 50% (50 marks out of
100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.

Continuous Internal Evaluation:

● Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
● Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks
to attain the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50 marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.

Semester End Examination:

● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be proportionately reduced
to 50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four sub-
questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each module

29
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Baldev Raj, T. Jayakumar, M. Thavasimuthu, “Practical Non-Destructive Testing”, Navosa Publishing
House, 2009, ISBN-10: 8173197970 / ISBN-13: 978-8173197970.
2. Ravi Prakash, “Non-Destructive Testing Techniques”, New Age International Private Limited, 2010,
ISBN-10: 8122425887 / ISBN-13: 978-8122425888.
3. American Society of Metals, ASM Metals Handbook, ”NonDestructive Evaluation and Quality
Control”, Volume-17, Metals Park, Ohio, USA, 2018, ISBN-13: 978-1-62708-152-8.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. NOC:Theory and Practice of Non Destructive Testing, IIT Madras
(https://nptel.ac.in/courses/113106070)
Skill Development Activities Suggested
1. Industrial visit / internship to gain hands-on experience on various non-destructive testing methods.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to :
Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Classify various NDT methods. 2
CO2 Explain and perform various non-destructive tests viz. visual, penetrant 2
testing, magnetic particle testing, eddy current testing, radiography,
ultrasonic testing, acoustic emission testing, thermography, leak testing.
CO3 Identify defects using relevant NDT methods. 3
CO4 Explain the standards for various NDT methods. 2

30
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. No. Description POs
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and 1
development work to solve practical problems.
2
3 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the 3
area as per the specialization of the program. The mastery should be at
a level higher than the requirements in the appropriate bachelor
program.
4 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical 4
engineering systems using modern tools and techniques.
5 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental 5
investigations on Industrial and societal problems to provide
sustainable solutions.

Mapping of COS and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 1 2 2
CO2 1 3 3
CO3 3 1 2 2
CO4 3 1 2 2
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

31
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
DESIGN AUTOMATION WITH IoT
Course Code 22MMD/MDE/MEA/MTR/MPM331 CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week (L:P:SDA) 2:0:2 SEE Marks 50

Total Hours of Pedagogy 25 + 10-12 Activities Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03
Course objectives:
1. To introduce students to the field of IoT
2. To familiarise students’ different types of sensors used in automation
3. To provide awareness about the applications of IoT
MODULE-1(5 Hours)
Introduction to IoT & Cyber-Physical Systems, IoT Enabling Technologies– Physical End points,
Network Services, Cloud. Different Levels of IoT Applications.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

MODULE-2(5 Hours)
Communication and networking technologies in IoT: Communication models, AdHoc. Industrial &
Automotive Networks, Vehicular networks
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

MODULE-3 (5 Hours)
Thermo resistive Sensors- Thermistors, Resistance Temperature Sensors, and Silicon Resistive
Sensors, Thermo electric sensors, PN junction temperature sensors, thermos mechanical sensors and
actuators. Photoelectric sensors, optical actuators.

Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

MODULE-4(5 Hours)
Mechanical Sensors and Actuators- force sensors, pressure sensors, Acoustic actuators, ultrasonic
sensors and actuators. MEMS and Smart sensors- pressure sensors, thermal and piezo electric
actuation, wireless sensors and actuators.
Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

MODULE 5(5 Hours)

IoT implementation in Transportation and logistics, Energy and utilities, Automotive Connected
supply chain, Plant floor control automation, remote monitoring.

Applications HCI and IoT world -Multilingual interactions Robotics and Autonomous Vehicles
Sensing and data processing-Simultaneous mapping and localization-Levels of autonomy, Smart
factories, Future research Challenges.

Teaching- Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Learning Process

32
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing marks in SEE is

33
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic
requirements and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than
50% (50 marks out of 100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE
(Semester End Examination) taken together

CIE for the theory component of IPCC

1. Two Tests each of 20 Marks

2. Two assignments each of 10 Marks/One Skill Development Activity of 20 marks
3. Total Marks of two tests and two assignments/one Skill Development Activity added will be CIE for
60 marks, marks scored will be proportionally scaled down to 30 marks.

CIE for the practical component of IPCC

 On completion of every experiment/program in the laboratory, the students shall be evaluated

and marks shall be awarded on the same day. The15 marks are for conducting the experiment
and preparation of the laboratory record, the other 05 marks shall be for the test conducted at
the end of the semester.
 The CIE marks awarded in the case of the Practical component shall be based on the continuous
evaluation of the laboratory report. Each experiment report can be evaluated for 10 marks.
Marks of all experiments’ write-ups are added and scaled down to 15 marks.

 The laboratory test at the end /after completion of all the experiments shall be conducted for 50
marks and scaled down to 05 marks.
Scaled-down marks of write-up evaluations and tests added will be CIE marks for the laboratory
component of IPCC for 20 marks.

.
SEE for IPCC
Theory SEE will be conducted by University as per the scheduled timetable, with common question
papers for the course (duration 03 hours)

 The question paper will be set for 100 marks and marks scored will be scaled down proportionately
to 50 marks.
 The question paper will have ten questions. Each question is set for 20 marks.

 There will be 2 questions from each module. Each of the two questions under a module (with a
maximum of 3 sub-questions), should have a mix of topics under that module.
 The students have to answer 5 full questions, selecting one full question from each module.

The theory portion of the IPCC shall be for both CIE and SEE, whereas the practical portion will
have a CIE component only. Questions mentioned in the SEE paper shall include questions from
the practical component).

 The minimum marks to be secured in CIE to appear for SEE shall be the 15 (50% of maximum
marks-30) in the theory component and 10 (50% of maximum marks -20) in the practical
component. The laboratory component of the IPCC shall be for CIE only. However, in SEE, the
questions from the laboratory component shall be included. The maximum of 04/05 questions to
34
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
be set from the practical component of IPCC, the total marks of all questions should not be more
than the 20 marks.

35
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

 SEE will be conducted for 100 marks and students shall secure 40% of the maximum marks to
qualify in the SEE. Marks secured will be scaled down to 50. (Student has to secure an aggregate
of 50% of maximum marks of the course(CIE+SEE)
Suggested Learning Resources:

Books

1. Adrian McEwan and Hakim Cassimally, “Designing the internet of things”, Wiley, 2013

2. Vijay Madisetti and Arshdeep Bahga,“Internet of Things (A Hands-on-Approach)”,1st Edition,VPT, 2014.

3. N. Ida, Sensors, Actuators and Their Interfaces, Scitech Publishers, 2014.

4. Dr. Guillaume Girardin , Antoine Bonnabel, Dr. Eric Mounier, 'Technologies & Sensors for the Internet of Things
Businesses & Market Trends 2014 - 2024',YoleDéveloppement Copyrights ,2014

5. Jacob Fraden, (2010), Handbook of Modern Sensors, 5th Edition, Springer.

6. Jan Holler, Vlasios Tsiatsis, Catherine Mulligan, Stamatis Karnouskos, Stefan Avesand, David

7. Boyle, “From Machine-to-Machine to the Internet of Things -Introduction to a New Ageo Intelligence” Elsevier
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

 VTU e-Shikshana Program

 VTU EDUSAT Program
Activity Based Learning (Suggested Activities in Class)/ Practical Based learning

 Quizzes
 Assignments
 Seminars
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to :

Sl. Description Blooms

No. Level
CO1 Understand the principles of manufacturability and design for manufacture 2
CO2 Design casting for economic production. 4

CO3 Understand the concept of easy assembly, based on rules of DFMA to 2

reduce the time of assembly.
CO4 Redesign the parts for easy manufacturing based on rules of DFMA to 4
reduce the time of manufacturing and enhance cost effectiveness.
CO5 Design guidelines and background for powder metallurgy parts and 5
reviewing of formed parts.

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. No. Description POs
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and 1
development work to solve practical problems.
2 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the area 2
as per the specialization of the program.

36
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5
3 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental 5
investigations on Industrial and societal problems to provide sustainable
solutions.

37
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5

CO1 3 2 1
CO2 1 2 1
CO3 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 1
CO5 3 2 1

Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

38
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

REVERSE ENGINEERING
Course Code 22MMD/MDE/MEA332
CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week 3:0:0

SEE Marks 50
(L:P:SDA)
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03

Course Learning objectives:

This course will enable students to
1. Understand basic engineering systems.
2. Understand the terminologies related to re-engineering, forward engineering, and reverse engineering.
3. Understand Reverse Engineering methodologies.
4. Understand Reverse engineering of Systems, Mechanical RE, Electronic RE, and Computer RE
MODULE-1(8 Hours)
Introduction to Reverse Engineering: Introduction, What Is Reverse Engineering?, Why Use Reverse
Engineering?, Reverse Engineering–The Generic Process, Phase 1–Scanning, Phase 2–Point Processing,
Phase 3–Application Geometric Model Development.

Methodologies and Techniques for Reverse Engineering: Computer-aided Reverse Engineering,

Computer Vision and Reverse Engineering, Structured-light Range Imaging, Scanner Pipeline.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-2(8 Hours)
Reverse Engineering–Hardware and Software: Introduction, Reverse Engineering Hardware, Reverse
Engineering Software.
Selecting a Reverse Engineering System: The Selection Process, Some Additional Complexities, Point
Capture Devices, Triangulation Approaches, “Time-of-flight” or Ranging Systems, Structured-light and
Stereoscopic Imaging Systems, Issues with Light-based Approaches, Tracking Systems, Internal
Measurement Systems, Destructive Systems, Some Comments on Accuracy, Positioning the Probe, Post-
processing the Captured Data, Handling Data Points, Curve and Surface Creation, Inspection
Applications, Manufacturing Approaches.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-3(8 Hours)
Introduction to Rapid Prototyping: The Basic Process, Current Techniques and Materials, Applications,
Future.
Relationship Between Reverse Engineering and Rapid Prototyping: Introduction, The Adaptive
Slicing Approach for Cloud Data Modeling, Planar Polygon Curve Construction for a Layer,
Determination of Adaptive Layer Thickness, Some Application Examples.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-4(8 Hours)

39
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

Reverse Engineering in the Automotive Industry: Introduction, Reverse Engineering– Workflow for
Automotive Body Design, Reverse Engineering for Better Quality, A Look Ahead–Convergence of
Digital and Physical Worlds.
Reverse Engineering in the Aerospace Industry:Introduction,RE in Aerospace–A Work in
Progress,Reducing Costs of Hard Tooling,Inspection in Half the Time,Making the Next Great Leap.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-5(8 Hours)
Reverse Engineering in the Medical Device Industry:Introduction,Orthodontics Without Wires and
Brackets,Improving the Scanning Process,The Six-stage Process,Achievement,Digital Dentistry Becomes
Reality,Hearing Instruments Meet the Digital Age,Reverse Engineering–A Better Knee Replacement,The
Quest for a Total Artificial Heart,Moving Toward Mass Customization.
Barriers to Adopting Reverse Engineering:Background,The Research Model,Research
Methodology,Factor Analysis Approach,Findings.
Legal Aspects of Reverse Engineering:Introduction,Copyright Law,Reverse Engineering,Recent Case
Law.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing marks in SEE is
40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements
and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 50% (50 marks out of
100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
● Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
● Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks
to attain the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50 marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be proportionately reduced
to 50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four sub-
questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each module
Suggested Learning Resources:

40
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

Books
1. Vinesh Raja and Kiran J. Fernandes (Eds.),” Reverse Engineering : an industrial perspective.”, Springer
series in advanced Manufacturing, Springer-Verlag London Limited 2008.
2. Wego Wang,Reverse Engineering Technology of Reinvention,CRC Press, 2011.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

1. Rapid Manufacturing (http://www.nitttrc.edu.in/nptel/courses/video/112104265/L12.html)

2. UltimakerCura Software: https://ultimaker.com/software/ultimaker-cura
3. PreForm Software: https://formlabs.com/asia/software/
4. Invesalius Software: https://invesalius.github.io/download.html
Skill Development Activities Suggested
1. Explore the software mentioned above and try to some slicing operations of the available CAD models

Course outcome (Course Skill Set)

At the end of the course the student will be able to :
Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Understand the Reverse Engineering (RE) Methodology 4
CO2 Disassemble products and specify the interactions between its subsystems 2
and their functionality
CO3 Understand Computer-Aided RE and Rapid Prototyping Technology 3
CO4 Experiments with open-source software used in RE 2

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. Description POs
No.
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and development 1
work to solve practical problems.
2 An ability to write and present a substantial technical report/document. 2
3 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the area as per 3
the specialization of the program.
4 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical engineering 4
systems using modern tools and techniques.

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 1 3 1 3
CO2 3 3 1 2
CO3 1 3 1 2
CO4 1 2 1 1
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

41
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

OPTIMIZATION THROUGH MATLAB

Course Code 22MMD/MDE/MEA333

CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week 2:2:0

SEE Marks 50
(L:P:SDA)
Total Hours of Pedagogy 25+ 10 Labs Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03

Course Learning objectives:

1. To understand basic engineering optimization techniques and their applications.
2. To introduce the mathematical preliminaries required for optimization.
3. To understand basic linear and nonlinear programming techniques.
4. To understand multi-objective optimization techniques.
5. To understand linear and nonlinear integer programming techniques.
6. To understand various MATLAB programs for solving linear & nonlinear programming problems,
multi-objective optimization problems, and integer programming problems.

MODULE-1(5 Hours)

Introduction: Introduction, historical development, engineering applications of optimization, statement of

an optimization problem, classification of optimization problems, optimization techniques. Solution of
optimization problem using MATLAB.

Mathematical Preliminaries: Overview, vectors and geometry – dot product, equation of a line, equation
of a plane; basic linear algebra: preliminary definitions, matrix operations, determinants, inverse,
eigenvalues, eigenvectors, positive definiteness; basic calculus: types of functions, derivative, integration
and taylor series; optimization basics.

Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-2(5 Hours)
Linear Programming: Overview, basics of linear programming (LP), single objective optimization,
solution approaches: analytical, numerical, experimental and graphical.

Simplex Methods: Standard form, Gauss Jordan elimination, reducing to row echelon form, the basic
solution; duality; simplex algorithm. Solving LP problems using MATLAB.

Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-3(5 Hours)
Nonlinear Programming with No Constraints: Overview, necessary and sufficient conditions, single
variable optimization, multivariable optimization. MATLAB solutions.

Nonlinear Programming with Constraints: Overview, structure of constrained optimization, elimination

method, penalty methods, Karush-Kuhn-Tucker conditions, sequential linear programming, sequential
quadratic programming. MATLAB solutions.

42
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-4(5 Hours)

Multiobjective Optimization: Overview, the multiobjective problem definition, pareto optimal solution,
the weighted sum method, compromise programming, generating the pareto frontier with MATLAB,
reaching a target - goal programming, expressing a preference – physical programming. Multiobjective
optimization using MATLAB optimization toolbox.

Physical Programming for Multiobjective Optimization: Overview, linear physical programming (LPP),
nonlinear physical programming (NPP), comparison of LPP with goal programming.

Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-5(5 Hours)

Integer Programming: Introduction, integer linear programming – graphical representation, Gomory’s

cutting plane method; integer nonlinear programming – integer polynomial programming, branch-and-
bound method, sequential linear discrete programming, generalized penalty function method. Solution of
binary programming problem using MATLAB.

Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing marks in SEE is
40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements
and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 50% (50 marks out of
100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
● Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
● Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks
to attain the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50 marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be proportionately reduced
to 50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four sub-
questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each module

43
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. S.S. Rao, “Engineering Optimization – Theory and Practice”, 4th edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,
2009, ISBN 978-0-470-18352-6.
2. Achille Messac, “Optimization in Practice with MATLAB”, Cambridge University Press, 2015, ISBN
978-1-107-10918-6.
Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):
1. Optimization, IIT Kharagpur (https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111105039)

Skill Development Activities Suggested

1. Development of MATLAB application for solving basic optimization problems.
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Define optimization terminology &concepts, and classify an optimization 2
problem.
CO2 Understand basic mathematical concepts needed for solving optimization 3
problems.
CO3 Apply mathematical concepts and optimization techniques to solve linear & 3
nonlinear programming problems, multiobjective optimization problems, and
integer programming problems.
CO4 Solve linear & nonlinear programming problems, multiobjective optimization 3
problems, and integer programming problems using MATLAB.
Program Outcome of this course
Program Outcome of this course
Sl. Description POs
No.
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and development 1
work to solve practical problems.
2 An ability to write and present a substantial technical report/document. 2
3 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the area as per 3
the specialization of the program.
4 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical engineering 4
systems using modern tools and techniques.
5 Students should be able to conduct analytical and experimental investigations on 5
Industrial and societal problems to provide sustainable solutions.

44
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 1 3 1 2 2
CO2 2 3 1 3 3
CO3 1 3 1 2 2
CO4 1 3 1 2 2
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

45
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

INTRODUCTION TO HYBRID AND ELECTRIC VEHICLES

Course Code 22MMD/MDE/MAU/MEA334

CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week 3:0:0

SEE Marks 50
(L:P:SDA)
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03

Course Learning objectives:

1. Explain the basics of electric and hybrid electric vehicles, their architecture, technologies and
fundamentals.
2. Analyze various electric drives suitable for hybrid electric vehicles.
3. Discuss different energy storage technologies used for hybrid electric vehicles and their control.
4. Demonstrate different configurations of electric vehicles and its components, hybrid vehicle
configuration by different techniques, sizing of components and design optimization and energy
management.

MODULE-1(8 Hours)

Introduction to Hybrid Electric Vehicles: History of hybrid and electric vehicles, social and
environmental importance of hybrid and electric vehicles, impact of modern drive-trains on energy
supplies.

Conventional Vehicles: Basics of vehicle performance, vehicle power source characterization,

transmission characteristics, mathematical models to describe vehicle performance.

Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-2(8 Hours)
Hybrid Electric Drive-trains: Basic concept of hybrid traction, introduction to various hybrid drive-train
topologies, power flow control in hybrid drive-train topologies, fuel efficiency analysis.

Electric Drive-trains: Basic concept of electric traction, introduction to various electric drive-train
topologies, power flow control in electric drive-train topologies, fuel efficiency analysis.

Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-3(8 Hours)
Electric Propulsion unit: Introduction to electric components used in hybrid and electric vehicles,
Configuration and control of DC Motor drives, Configuration and control of Induction Motor drives,
configuration and control of Permanent Magnet Motor drives, Configuration and control of Switch
Reluctance Motor drives, drive system efficiency.

Energy Storage: Introduction to Energy Storage Requirements in Hybrid and Electric Vehicles, Battery
based energy storage and its analysis, Fuel Cell based energy storage and its analysis, Super Capacitor
based energy storage and its analysis, Flywheel based energy storage and its analysis, Hybridization of
different energy storage devices.

46
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-4(8 Hours)
Sizing the drive system: Matching the electric machine and the internal combustion engine (ICE), Sizing
the propulsion motor, sizing the power electronics, selecting the energy storage technology,
Communications, supporting subsystems

Energy Management Strategies: Introduction to energy management strategies used in hybrid and electric
vehicles, classification of different energy management strategies, comparison of different energy
management strategies, implementation issues of energy management strategies.

Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

MODULE-5(8 Hours)

Case Studies: Design of a Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV), Design of a Battery Electric Vehicle (BEV).

Teaching-Learning Process Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing marks in SEE is
40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements
and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 50% (50 marks out of
100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
● Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
● Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks
to attain the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50 marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be proportionately reduced
to 50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four sub-
questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each module
Suggested Learning Resources:
Books
1. Iqbal Hussein, Electric and Hybrid Vehicles: Design Fundamentals, CRC Press, 2003.
2. Mehrdad Ehsani, Yimi Gao, Sebastian E. Gay, Ali Emadi, Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric and Fuel
Cell Vehicles: Fundamentals, Theory and Design, CRC Press, 2004.
3. James Larminie, John Lowry, Electric Vehicle Technology Explained, Wiley, 2003.
47
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

1. Introduction to Hybrid and Electric Vehicles - Web course
https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/108/103/108103009/
2. Introduction to Hybrid Electric Vehicle Systems PD291809
(https://www.sae.org/learn/content/pd291809/)
3. Electric Vehicle Engineering Course (https://neat.aicte-india.org/course-
details/NEAT2020627_PROD_1)
4. Electric Vehicles (https://www.aicte-india.org/sites/default/files/Model_Curriculum/fINAL%20-
%20NEP%202020%20Model%20Syllabus%20for%20Open%20Electives%20in%20Electric%20Vehi
cles.pdf )
Skill Development Activities Suggested
1. Simulate the electric vehicle in MATLAB/SCILAB modules
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Explain the basics of electric and hybrid electric vehicles, their architecture, 1
technologies andfundamentals.
CO2 Explain the use of different energy storage devices used for hybrid electric 2
vehicles, theirtechnologies and control and select appropriate technology
CO3 Interpret working of different configurations of electric vehicles and its 4
components, hybridvehicle configuration, performance analysis and Energy
Management strategies in HEVs.
Program Outcome of this course
Program Outcome of this course
Sl. Description POs
No.
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and development 1
work to solve practical problems.
2 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the area as per 3
the specialization of the program.

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 1 1
CO2 1 1
CO3 1 1
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

48
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

3D PRINTING
Course Code 22MMD/MEA/MDE335
CIE Marks 50

Teaching Hours/Week 3:0:0

SEE Marks 50
(L:P:SDA)
Total Hours of Pedagogy 40 Total Marks 100
Credits 03 Exam Hours 03

Course Learning objectives:

This course will enable students to
1. Understand basic Additive Manufacturing and 3D Printing
2. Understand the terminologies related to 3D Printing and allied technologies
3. Understand the materials and methods used in 3D printing
MODULE-1(8 Hours)
Introduction: The World of 3DP, Growth of RP and 3DP Systems, Current Popular 3D Printers,
Applications in Education and Industry.
How Does 3D Printing Work?: 3D Printing and Conventional Manufacturing, Basics of 3D Printing
Process, Problems with the STL File Format, Other Translators, Future Manufacturing Format
Developments, Case Study: Design and Printing of Eye Bracket.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-2(8 Hours)
Design of a 3D Printer: Necessary Parts, Functional Description and Design Analysis, Build Process,
Future Improvements.
Calibrating the 3D Printer: Introduction, Types of 3D Printing Software, 3D Printer Software
Configuration Using Marlin, The First Print.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-3(8 Hours)
Materials for 3D Printing: Types of Materials, Liquid-Based Materials, Solid-Based Materials, Powder-
Based Materials, Common Materials Used in 3D Printers, Materials Selection Considerations
Classifications of Rapid Prototyping and 3D Printing Systems: FDM Systems, SLA Systems, SLS
Systems, Thermal Inkjet Printing Systems, Comparisons between Printing Processes.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-4(8 Hours)
Scanning and Reverse Engineering: Measuring Devices, CAD Model Construction from Point Clouds,
Data Handling and Reduction Methods, Applications of RE, Case Studies- Recreation of Mechanical Parts
and RE Prosthetics.
Common Applications of 3D Printers:Modeling Software, Design and 3D Printing of an Everyday Bottle
Opener, Design and 3D Printing of a Flower Vase, Recreation of Human Face Using Reverse Engineering,
Recreation of Human Fingers for Accident Victims.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

MODULE-5(8 Hours)

49
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

3D Printing in Medicine: Medical Applications of 3DP, Types of Medical Imaging, Software for Making
Medical Models, Materials for Medical Applications, Methodology for Printing Medical Models, Benefits
of 3DP in Medicine, 3D Printing of a C1 Vertebrate from CT Scan Data,
How to Select Rapid Prototyping and 3D Printer: Choosing 3D Printer, Operating Issues, Accessing
3DP and RP Systems, Development of an Expert System, Present and Future Trends.
Teaching-Learning Power-point Presentation, Chalk and Talk are used for Problem Solving,
Process

Assessment Details (both CIE and SEE)

The weightage of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE) is 50% and for Semester End Exam (SEE) is 50%.
The minimum passing mark for the CIE is 50% of the maximum marks. Minimum passing marks in SEE is
40% of the maximum marks of SEE. A student shall be deemed to have satisfied the academic requirements
and earned the credits allotted to each subject/ course if the student secures not less than 50% (50 marks out of
100) in the sum total of the CIE (Continuous Internal Evaluation) and SEE (Semester End Examination) taken
together.
Continuous Internal Evaluation:
● Three Unit Tests each of 20 Marks
● Two assignments each of 20 Marks or one Skill Development Activity of 40 marks
to attain the COs and POs
The sum of three tests, two assignments/skill Development Activities, will be scaled down to 50 marks
CIE methods /question paper is designed to attain the different levels of Bloom’s taxonomy as per the
outcome defined for the course.
Semester End Examination:
● The SEE question paper will be set for 100 marks and the marks scored will be proportionately reduced
to 50.
● The question paper will have ten full questions carrying equal marks.
● Each full question is for 20 marks. There will be two full questions (with a maximum of four sub-
questions) from each module.
● Each full question will have a sub-question covering all the topics under a module.
● The students will have to answer five full questions, selecting one full question from each module
Suggested Learning Resources:

Books
1. Rafiq Noorani,"3D Printing: Technology, Applications, and Selection", CRC Press, 2018
2. Ben Redwood, FilemonSchöffer& Brian Garret, "The 3D Printing Handbook - Technologies, Design, and
Applications", 3D Hubs, 2017
3. Joan Horvath, "Mastering 3D Printing- Modeling, Printing, and Prototyping with REPRAP-STYLE 3D
printers", Apress.
4. Ian Gibson, David Rosen, and Brent Stucker, Additive Manufacturing Technologies: Rapid Prototyping to
Direct Digital Manufacturing, Springer, New York, NY, 2015.
5. Kumar, L. Jyothish, Pulak M. Pandey, and David Ian Wimpenny, eds. 3D printing and additive
manufacturing technologies. Singapore: Springer, 2019.

Web links and Video Lectures (e-Resources):

1. Rapid Manufacturing (http://www.nitttrc.edu.in/nptel/courses/video/112104265/L12.html)
2. Rapid Manufacturing (https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_me50/preview )
3. Fundamentals of Additive Manufacturing Technologies
(https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_me115/preview )
4. UltimakerCura Software: https://ultimaker.com/software/ultimaker-cura
5. PreForm Software: https://formlabs.com/asia/software/
6. Invesalius Software: https://invesalius.github.io/download.html

50
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

Skill Development Activities Suggested

1. Explore the software mentioned above and try to some slicing operations of the available CAD models
2. Generate a small 3D Model using a 3D Printer
Course outcome (Course Skill Set)
At the end of the course the student will be able to :
Sl. Description Blooms
No. Level
CO1 Explain the 3D Printing fundamentals, methods and methodologies. 4
CO2 Take a sample 3D CAD Model and convert it to an input required for 3D 2
printing machine.
CO3 Select appropriate 3D printer and Rapid Prototyping Technology. 3

Program Outcome of this course

Sl. Description POs
No.
1 An ability to independently carry out research/investigation and development 1
work to solve practical problems.
2 An ability to write and present a substantial technical report/document. 2
3 Students should be able to demonstrate a degree of mastery over the area as per 3
the specialization of the program.
4 Students should be able to design, synthesize and analyse a physical engineering 4
systems using modern tools and techniques.

Mapping of COs and POs

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 3 3 1 2
CO2 1 3 1 1
CO3 1 3 1 2
Note : High - 1, Medium – 2, and Low – 3

51
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

PROJECT WORK PHASE – 1

Course Code 22MDE34 CIE Marks 100
Number of contact Hours/Week 0-6-0 SEE Marks --
Credits 03 Exam Hours --
Course objectives:
 Support independent learning.
 Guide to select and utilize adequate information from varied resources maintaining ethics.
 Guide to organize the work in the appropriate manner and present information (acknowledging the sources)
clearly.
 Develop interactive, communication, organisation, time management, and presentation skills.
 Impart flexibility and adaptability.
 Inspire independent and team working.
 Expand intellectual capacity, credibility, judgement, intuition.
 Adhere to punctuality, setting and meeting deadlines.
 Instil responsibilities to oneself and others.
 Train students to present the topic of project work in a seminar without any fear, face audience confidently, enhance
communication skill, involve in group discussion to present and exchange ideas.

Project Phase-1: The project work shall be carried out individually. However, in case a disciplinary or interdisciplinary
project requires more participants, then a group consisting of not more than three shall be permitted.
Students in consultation with the guide/co-guide (if any) in disciplinary project or guides/co-guides (if any) of all
departments in case of multidisciplinary projects, shall pursue a literature survey and complete the preliminary
requirements of the selected Project work. Each student shall prepare a relevant introductory project document, and
present a seminar.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Demonstrate a sound technical knowledge of their selected project topic.
 Undertake problem identification, formulation, and solution.
 Design engineering solutions to complex problems utilising a systems approach.
 Communicate with engineers and the community at large in written an oral forms.
 Demonstrate the knowledge, skills and attitudes of a professional engineer.
Continuous Internal Evaluation
 CIE marks shall be awarded by a committee comprising of HoD as Chairman, all Guide/s and co-guide/s (if
any) and a senior faculty of the concerned departments. The CIE marks awarded for project work phase -1,
shall be based on the evaluation of Project Report, Project Presentation skill, and performance in the Question-
and-Answer session in the ratio of 50:25:25.
 There will be no SEE.

52
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

INTERNSHIP
Course Code 22MDEI36 CIE Marks 50
Number of contact Hours/Week 6 Weeks SEE Marks 50
Credits 06 Exam Hours 03
Course Objectives:
Internship/Professional practice provide students the opportunity of hands-on experience that include personal
training, time and stress management, interactive skills, presentations, budgeting, marketing, liability and risk
management, paperwork, equipment ordering, maintenance, responding to emergencies etc.
The objectives are further,
 To put theory into practice.
 To expand thinking and broaden the knowledge and skills acquired through course work in the field.
 To relate to, interact with, and learn from current professionals in the field.
 To gain a greater understanding of the duties and responsibilities of a professional.
 To understand and adhere to professional standards in the field.
 To gain insight to professional communication including meetings, memos, reading, writing, public speaking,
research, client interaction, input of ideas, and confidentiality.
 To identify personal strengths and weaknesses.
 To develop the initiative and motivation to be a self-starter and work independently.
Internship: Students under the guidance of internal guide/s and external guide shall take part in all the activities regularly to
acquire as much knowledge as possible without causing any inconvenience at the place of internship.
Each student, is required to
 Present the seminar on the internship orally and/or through power point slides.
 Answer the queries and involve in debate/discussion.
 Submit the report duly certified by the external guide.
 The participants shall take part in discussion to foster friendly and stimulating environment in which the students are
motivated to reach high standards and become self-confident.
Course outcomes:
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Gain practical experience within industry in which the internship is done.
 Acquire knowledge of the industry in which the internship is done.
 Apply knowledge and skills learned to classroom work.
 Develop a greater understanding about career options while more clearly defining personal career goals.
 Experience the activities and functions of professionals.
 Develop and refine oral and written communication skills.
 Identify areas for future knowledge and skill development.
 Expand intellectual capacity, credibility, judgment, intuition.
 Acquire the knowledge of administration, marketing, finance and economics.
Continuous Internal Evaluation
CIE marks for the Internship report, presentation and question and answer session shall be awarded in the ratio of 50:25:25 for
the total CIE of 50 marks by the committee constituted for the purpose by the Head of the Department. The committee shall
consist of three faculty from the department with committee comprising of HoD as Chairman, all Guide/s and co-guide/s
(if any) and a senior faculty of the concerned departments.
Semester End Examination
SEE marks for the internship report (30 marks), seminar (20 marks) and question and answer session (10 marks) shall be
awarded in the ratio of 50:25:25 for the total SEE of 50 marks (based on the quality of report and presentation skill,
participation in the question and answer session) by the examiners appointed by the University.

53
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

IV SEMESTER
PROJECT WORK PHASE -2
Course Code 22MDE41 CIE Marks 100
Number of contact Hours/Week 8 Hours/Week SEE Marks 100
Credits 18 Exam Hours 03
Course Objectives:
 To support independent learning.
 To guide to select and utilize adequate information from varied resources maintaining ethics.
 To guide to organize the work in the appropriate manner and present information (acknowledging the sources)
clearly.
 To develop interactive, communication, organisation, time management, and presentation skills.
 To impart flexibility and adaptability.
 To inspire independent and team working.
 To expand intellectual capacity, credibility, judgement, intuition.
 To adhere to punctuality, setting and meeting deadlines.
 To instill responsibilities to oneself and others.
 To train students to present the topic of project work in a seminar without any fear, face audience confidently, enhance
communication skill, involve in group discussion to present and exchange ideas.
Project Work Phase - II: Students in consultation with the guide/co-guide (if any) in disciplinary project or guides/co-
guides (if any) of all departments in case of multidisciplinary projects, shall continue to work of Project Work phase -
1to complete the Project work. Each student / batch of students shall prepare project document, and present a seminar.
CIE marks shall be awarded by a committee comprising of HoD as Chairman, all Guide/s and co-guide/s (if any) and a
senior faculty of the concerned departments. The CIE marks awarded for project work phase -2, shall be based on the
evaluation of Project Report, Project Presentation skill, and performance in the Question-and-Answer session in the ratio
of 50:25:25.
SEE shall be at the end of IV semester. Project work evaluation and Viva-Voce examination (SEE), after satisfying the
plagiarism check, shall be as per the University norms.
Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
 Present the project and be able to defend it.
 Make links across different areas of knowledge and to generate, develop and evaluate ideas and information so as to
apply these skills to the project task.
 Habituated to critical thinking and use problem solving skills
 Communicate effectively and to present ideas clearly and coherently in both the written and oral forms.
 Work in a team to achieve common goal.
 Learn on their own, reflect on their learning and take appropriate actions to improve it.

54
10.08.2023
04082023
 28102022/V5

55
10.08.2023
04082023